{"title":"Hot New Gear","description":"\u003cp\u003eShop New Gear - now available at Audio Advisor.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"ortofon-2m-bronze-verso-mm-phono-cartridge","title":"Ortofon 2M Bronze Verso MM Phono Cartridge","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe 2M Bronze, Built for a Different Kind of Tonearm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Ortofon 2M Bronze Verso is a moving magnet cartridge. It uses the same engine as the standard 2M Bronze. What changes is the mounting: the screws enter from beneath, for tonearms with a bottom-mount headshell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMost tonearms use a top-mount headshell. The cartridge screws in from above. Some tonearms flip that layout. They need the cartridge attached from underneath instead. The Verso exists for exactly that mounting scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eInside, it uses the same Nude Fine Line diamond stylus as the standard 2M Bronze. It's mounted on an aluminum cantilever. The nude design places the diamond directly at the cantilever's tip. That skips the extra mass of a mounted stylus shank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe body is molded from Lexan DMX Piano Black, a rigid polymer chosen to resist resonance. Ortofon builds it with a split pole pin engine and silver-plated OFC coil wire, the same generator design used throughout the 2M Bronze line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat the Verso Changes, and What It Doesn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eElectrically, the Verso performs identically to the standard 2M Bronze. Output measures 5mV at 1kHz, with a recommended tracking force of 1.5 grams across a 1.4 to 1.7 gram range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFrequency response spans 20Hz to 20kHz, within +2\/-0dB. Channel separation reaches 26dB at 1kHz, which is how well the two channels stay apart. Dynamic lateral compliance measures 22µm\/mN, a middle-of-the-road figure that suits most modern tonearms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eInternal impedance is 1.2 kOhm, with 630mH of inductance. Ortofon asks for a 47 kOhm load and 150 to 300 pF of capacitance at the phono input. Those are the standard figures, so most stages need no change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe only real difference is physical. The mounting holes and screw direction are flipped so the cartridge body seats correctly in a bottom-mount headshell. Cartridge weight is unchanged at 7.2 grams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Cartridge Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone whose tonearm uses a bottom-mount headshell.\u003c\/strong\u003e The standard 2M Bronze won't seat correctly on this style of arm; the Verso is built for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVinyl listeners upgrading from a 2M Blue or 2M Red.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Bronze's engine and nude stylus step up detail and tracking over Ortofon's lower tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone who wants a proven, well-documented cartridge design.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2M Bronze generator has been refined across Ortofon's 2M line for years.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShoppers who already know their tonearm's mounting style.\u003c\/strong\u003e Getting this detail right matters, since the Verso and standard 2M Bronze aren't interchangeable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is built for bottom-mount headshells\u003c\/strong\u003e — the screws enter from beneath, so a conventional top-mount arm takes the standard 2M Bronze instead. Check the arm before you order, because the wrong one will not seat. Our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-preamplifiers\" style=\"color: #8a5a2b;\"\u003ephono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e handle either version once it is fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Set It Up?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMount the Verso from underneath your headshell, using the included screws and a proper alignment tool to set overhang and offset angle correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet tracking force to Ortofon's recommended 1.5 grams using a stylus gauge, staying within the 1.4 to 1.7 gram range. Check that your phono stage or preamp is set for moving magnet input, not moving coil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eConfirm your phono input's load resistance and capacitance land close to Ortofon's recommended 47 kOhm and 150 to 300 pF for the most accurate frequency response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBuilding your system? Here are some great companions for the Ortofon 2M Bronze Verso:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-preamplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e to match its moving magnet output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/turntable-accessories\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eCartridge alignment tools\u003c\/a\u003e to set overhang and tracking force correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/turntables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e with bottom-mount tonearms built for the Verso design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/interconnect-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eInterconnect cables\u003c\/a\u003e to connect your phono stage to the rest of your system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow is the Verso different from the standard 2M Bronze?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOnly in how it mounts. The stylus, cantilever, generator, and every electrical spec are identical; the Verso's body and screw holes are built for headshells that attach from underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow do I know if my tonearm needs the Verso version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eCheck whether your current cartridge's mounting screws come up from below the headshell, not down from above. If you're not sure, check your tonearm's manual or ask before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eIs this the same cartridge Ortofon makes for Rega turntables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThey are different products. Ortofon builds a separate 2MR line sized specifically for Rega's low tonearm height. The Verso addresses mounting direction, not height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat's the replacement stylus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe 2M Bronze replacement stylus fits the Verso as well, since the two cartridges share the same generator and stylus assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat's the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOrtofon covers the 2M Bronze Verso for one year against manufacturing defects. Normal stylus wear isn't covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGRAMOPHONE examines the 2M Bronze generator, which the Verso shares:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/3oy83SC1uLA\" title=\"Ortofon 2M Bronze Moving Magnet Cartridge\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about matching a cartridge to your tonearm, setting up your turntable correctly, or getting the most from your vinyl collection? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ortofon","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":46288401006765,"sku":"NEW-OR2MBROV","price":489.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Demo","offer_id":46288401039533,"sku":"DEMO-OR2MBROV","price":399.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/OR2MBROV_2.jpg?v=1787242690"},{"product_id":"musical-fidelity-m8s-pre-fully-balanced-preamplifier-black","title":"Musical Fidelity M8s PRE Fully Balanced Preamplifier - Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReference-Level Analog Control, Fully Balanced from Input to Output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Musical Fidelity M8sPRE is a fully balanced, pure Class A preamplifier created for listeners building a no-compromise separates system. Just add power amplification and speakers to enjoy precise source control, an excellent MM\/MC phono stage, and the effortless authority needed to anchor a serious two-channel or theater-based system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA Clearer Path to the Music\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe M8sPRE is designed to add virtually no character of its own. Its exceptionally low noise and distortion preserve fine harmonic textures, natural vocal presence, and the scale of a recording without bleaching away warmth or body. Bass remains firm and well defined, while wide bandwidth and strong channel separation help create an open, stable soundstage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is a preamplifier rather than a power amplifier, so it does not supply speaker-driving wattage or contain speaker drivers. Instead, its low-output-impedance, high-current circuitry delivers a clean, confident signal to the power amplifier—even through long interconnects. A frequency response of 5 Hz to 100 kHz, within +0\/–1 dB, gives the M8sPRE ample bandwidth for speed, phase integrity, and convincing musical dynamics.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVolume is governed by a quad, laser-trimmed attenuator with fine 0.5 dB steps. That precision helps maintain accurate channel balance at real-world listening levels, making it easy to settle on exactly the right volume without abrupt jumps or shifts in the stereo image.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeard and Recommended\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“Its performance is audibly and measurably linear from input to output.” — Ashley Cox, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAudio Appraisal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, December 5, 2019\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“I often felt like I had taken another step closer to the music and I could hear just a little more.” — \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart-Time Audiophile\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, June 2023\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrue Balance, Dual-Mono Discipline\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike designs that add balanced connectors to an otherwise single-ended circuit, the M8sPRE maintains a fully balanced signal path from input to output. Separate dual-mono amplifier sections reduce interaction between channels, improving separation, image focus, and low-level clarity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePure Class A circuitry keeps the active stages operating in their most linear region, helping the preamplifier sound smooth, fast, and unforced. Each channel receives its own 350VA silent-drive mains transformer, while independently regulated stages provide a stable, low-impedance power foundation. The result is abundant headroom, very low noise, and the current capability to drive demanding power-amplifier inputs and long cable runs with ease.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVinyl Without an Outboard Box\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe built-in phono stage supports both moving-magnet and moving-coil cartridges. Accurate RIAA equalization, low noise, low distortion, and generous overload margins let vinyl retain its dynamics and tonal color without requiring a separate phono preamplifier.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReady for a System That Grows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo balanced XLR inputs and five RCA line-level inputs accommodate a substantial collection of analog sources, while the dedicated RCA phono input handles MM or MC cartridges. One XLR input and one RCA input offer home-theater bypass, allowing the M8sPRE and its connected power amplifier to serve the front channels of a surround system without disturbing calibrated theater levels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVariable outputs are provided on both balanced XLR and unbalanced RCA connections, and both may be used simultaneously. This makes it easy to feed a main power amplifier plus a compatible line-level subwoofer or secondary amplifier. A fixed RCA output supports a recorder or a separate headphone amplifier with its own volume control, while 12-volt trigger input and output simplify coordinated system power-up. Automatic conversion between balanced and single-ended signals makes mixed-connection systems straightforward.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe M8sPRE is intentionally analog-focused: it does not include a DAC, network streaming, speaker-level outputs, or a built-in headphone amplifier.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAt Home in Music-First and Theater Systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn a dedicated listening room, the M8sPRE provides the transparency and control needed to reveal upgrades elsewhere in the system without becoming the bottleneck. Its robust output stage is equally comfortable with nearby monoblocks or remotely placed amplifiers connected by long balanced cables.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVinyl listeners can connect a turntable directly, while owners of external DACs, streamers, disc players, and tape components have generous analog connectivity. Home-theater bypass makes the preamp a natural bridge between a high-performance stereo system and a multichannel installation. Simultaneous RCA and XLR outputs can also simplify integration of an active subwoofer, provided crossover and level management are handled by the subwoofer or another component.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Heart of an Ambitious Analog System\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe M8sPRE brings reference-grade transparency, commanding system control, and true balanced engineering to the heart of an ambitious analog system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFully balanced signal path from input to output for excellent noise rejection and channel separation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDual-mono, pure Class A circuitry for smooth, transparent, low-distortion performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuad laser-trimmed volume attenuator with precise 0.5 dB adjustment steps\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeparate 350VA silent-drive mains transformer for each channel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIndependently regulated stages for stable, low-impedance power delivery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh input-overload margins and a low-impedance, high-current output stage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt-in low-noise MM\/MC phono stage with accurate RIAA equalization\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBalanced and unbalanced home-theater bypass inputs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSimultaneous XLR and RCA variable outputs for flexible amplifier and subwoofer integration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAutomatic balanced-to-unbalanced and unbalanced-to-balanced signal conversion\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed-level RCA output for recording or a separate headphone amplifier\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e12-volt trigger input and output for coordinated system operation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemote control included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct type: Fully balanced, dual-mono analog preamplifier\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCircuit topology: Pure Class A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower output: Not applicable; preamplifier only\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeaker drivers: Not applicable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequency response: 5 Hz–100 kHz, +0\/–1 dB\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal harmonic distortion plus noise, RCA: Less than 0.005%\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal harmonic distortion plus noise, XLR: Less than 0.004%\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSignal-to-noise ratio: Greater than 118 dB, A-weighted\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBalanced analog inputs: 2 pairs XLR, including 1 home-theater bypass input\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnbalanced line inputs: 5 pairs RCA, including 1 home-theater bypass input\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePhono input: 1 pair RCA, selectable MM\/MC, with grounding terminal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVariable preamplifier outputs: 1 pair balanced XLR and 1 pair unbalanced RCA\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed output: 1 pair RCA\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eControl connections: 12V trigger input and output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVolume adjustment: Quad laser-trimmed attenuator, 0.5 dB steps\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower supply: Dual 350VA silent-drive mains transformers; independently regulated stages\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDigital inputs \/ DAC \/ streaming: None\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeadphone output: None\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): 440 × 162 × 400 mm \/ 17.32 × 6.38 × 15.75 in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight: 17 kg \/ 37.5 lb unpacked; 23 kg \/ 50.7 lb packed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable finishes: Black or silver\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Musical Fidelity","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47166986354861,"sku":"NEW-MFM8SPRE-BLK","price":5299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MFM8SPRE-BLK_1.jpg?v=1787242201"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-silver-asm-8g-speakers","title":"Monitor Audio Silver ASM 8G Speakers","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDolby Atmos Height Without Cutting Into Your Ceiling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOverhead effects are the hardest part of a Dolby Atmos system. Most people solve it by cutting holes in the ceiling and running wire through the joists, which is fine if you own the place and own a drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Monitor Audio Silver AMS 8G takes a different route. Each module sits on top of a speaker you already own, fires upward, and bounces sound off your ceiling so it arrives at your seat from above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eInside each cabinet is a 5.25-inch C-CAM mid-bass driver with RST III cone geometry and a 25mm C-CAM Gold Dome tweeter in a tuned waveguide, crossing over at 2.8 kHz. Monitor Audio rates them from 82 Hz to 35 kHz in-room at minus 6 dB, which is exactly the range height effects live in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe cabinets measure 185 by 185 by 312 millimetres and weigh 4.5 kg each, and Monitor Audio built them to sit on the Silver 50 8G and Silver 300 8G. They ship as a pair, in the same three finishes as the rest of the range, with magnetic grilles included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Sealed Box Aimed at the Ceiling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe AMS 8G is one of only two sealed designs in the Silver 8G lineup, alongside the center speaker. The missing port is deliberate, and it is the right call for a speaker asked to fire at a ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA height module fires upward into a reflective ceiling. A port would add turbulence noise to a signal that already has to survive a bounce before it reaches your seat. Sealed also means tighter control, which matters when effects are short and sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe tweeter waveguide is the other piece of the puzzle. Monitor Audio pairs the eighth-generation Gold Dome tweeter, with its vented rear chamber and ring neodymium magnet, with a waveguide tuned for this job. Controlling how sound leaves the cabinet is what makes a reflected effect land in place rather than smearing across the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe load is easy at 8 ohms nominal, though it dips to 3.5 ohms at 6.8 kHz, and Monitor Audio asks for only 15 to 60 watts into 8 ohms. That is well within what any Atmos receiver delivers on its height channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThrough-Bolt Technology anchors the driver to the rear of the cabinet at a set torque. Internal bracing and damping keep the small enclosure quiet, which matters more in a box this size than in a large one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Are These Atmos Modules Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRenters and anyone who cannot cut ceilings\u003c\/strong\u003e — No holes, no wire in the joists, no landlord conversation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of Silver 50 8G or Silver 300 8G speakers\u003c\/strong\u003e — The modules are sized to sit on those two cabinets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeople who want height channels today\u003c\/strong\u003e — Set them on top, run two cables, and you are done.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone building toward 7.1.4\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two pairs give you four height channels in a full Atmos layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of vaulted, sloped, or beamed ceilings\u003c\/strong\u003e — reflected height needs a flat, hard ceiling, and an angled or absorbent one scatters the effect, so a room like that is better served from our wider \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003espeaker range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet each module on top of its host speaker, line up the front edges, and run speaker cable from the height channel outputs on your Atmos receiver, red to red and black to black. Then run your receiver’s room correction, because the software needs to measure that reflected path to time it correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGive the modules a clear shot at the ceiling, with nothing hanging above them. Height effects are subtle by design, so resist the urge to crank the level after setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA few good places to look next:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/home-theater-receivers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAV Receivers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — You need Atmos processing and height channel outputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floorstanding-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Silver 300 8G towers make the natural host cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/bookshelf-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eBookshelf Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Silver 50 8G is the other cabinet these were sized for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker Cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two more runs to plan into your layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat kind of ceiling do these need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA flat, hard, reflective ceiling around eight to fourteen feet high works best, while vaulted, sloped, beamed, or treated ceilings scatter the effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich speakers can they sit on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio designed the Silver AMS 8G for the Silver 50 8G and Silver 300 8G, though any flat, stable top surface of the right size will work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo I need one pair or two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOne pair covers a 5.1.2 or 7.1.2 layout, while a full 7.1.4 system needs two pairs for four height channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much amplifier power do they need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio recommends 15 to 60 watts into 8 ohms, or 30 to 120 watts into 4 ohms, with 60 watts of continuous handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo they need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHeight channels handle effects rather than bass, and your receiver crosses them over well above the 82 Hz roll-off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat warranty does Monitor Audio offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio lists a five-year warranty across the Silver Series 8G range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about Dolby Atmos, height speaker placement, or building a matched home theater system? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"New \/ European Walnut \/ Pair","offer_id":47167703646381,"sku":"NEW-MRSAMS8G-EURWAL-PR","price":1400.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Gloss Black \/ Pair","offer_id":47167703679149,"sku":"NEW-MRSAMS8G-GLSBLK-PR","price":1400.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Satin White \/ Pair","offer_id":47167703711917,"sku":"NEW-MRSAMS8G-SATWHT-PR","price":1400.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRSAMS8G-GLSBLK_3.jpg?v=1787757572"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-silver-on-wall-8g-speaker","title":"Monitor Audio Silver On-Wall 8G Speaker","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Model the Silver Range Never Had\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThis is the one truly new speaker in the eighth generation. The Silver 7G range had no on-wall model at all, only the sealed Silver FX surround, so there was nothing to carry forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Silver On-Wall 8G replaces it with something far more capable, and the numbers make the case. It reaches 44 Hz in-room at minus 6 dB, where the FX stopped at 81 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe layout is a plain two-way. A single 6-inch C-CAM mid-bass driver with RST III cone geometry does the heavy lifting, and a 25mm C-CAM Gold Dome tweeter takes over at 2.9 kHz. Silent Flow port technology handles the bass alignment, tuned to 47 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio also designed it to work either way up, so you can stand it vertically as a left or right channel, lay it horizontally under a screen as a center, or hang a pair at the sides for surrounds. One model covering all three jobs simplifies a system build considerably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eMeasured on the Wall, Not in Free Air\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHere is a small detail that says a lot. Every other Silver 8G speaker lists its sensitivity measured in free space, but this one lists 88 dB measured installed, against a wall. That is the only place it will ever be used. Monitor Audio published the number that actually applies to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe load is friendly too: nominal impedance is 8 ohms and the minimum only drops to 5.5 ohms, the gentlest curve in the Silver 8G range. If you are asking an AV receiver to drive seven or nine channels at once, that matters more than a headline wattage figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe eighth-generation driver work is all here. RST III cone geometry stiffens the cone and cuts coloration through the vocal range, which is where an on-wall speaker earns its keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Gold Dome tweeter gained a vented rear chamber, an updated compression ring, and a ring neodymium magnet. It sits in the Uniform Dispersion Waveguide II, so the spread stays even at any volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThrough-Bolt Technology anchors the driver to the rear of the cabinet at a set torque. That braces the driver and stiffens the box at once. Internal bracing and damping do the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This On-Wall Speaker Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeople who have run out of floor space\u003c\/strong\u003e — A wall-mounted cabinet solves the problem a stand cannot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone building a full Silver 8G system\u003c\/strong\u003e — It works as a front left and right pair, a center, or surrounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of a multichannel receiver\u003c\/strong\u003e — A 5.5-ohm minimum is easy on an amplifier driving many channels at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners who want real output from a wall speaker\u003c\/strong\u003e — 44 Hz and 112 dB peaks are well beyond typical on-wall territory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone with a proper spot for speakers already\u003c\/strong\u003e — At 18 inches tall and nearly 20 pounds, this is no discreet slimline panel. If you have room for a stand or a shelf, a pair of Silver 50 8G bookshelf speakers gives you more speaker for the money, over in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/bookshelf-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eBookshelf Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWiring is standard: run speaker cable from your amplifier or receiver to the binding posts, red to red and black to black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMounting deserves more thought than wiring. Check what is behind the drywall before you commit, because each cabinet weighs 8.9 kg and needs a fixing that can carry it. Plan the height around your ears when seated, not your eyes when standing, and measure the 135mm the cabinet stands off the wall against any furniture below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA few good places to look next:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/home-theater-receivers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAV Receivers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — The natural partner for a multichannel on-wall setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/subwoofers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSubwoofers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — A 44 Hz roll-off leaves the bottom octave to a sub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floorstanding-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Silver 8G towers up front with On-Walls at the sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker Cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — A clean run behind the wall or along the baseboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I mount it vertically or horizontally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBoth, since Monitor Audio designed the Silver On-Wall 8G for either orientation, so it works as a left, right, or center channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow far does it stick out from the wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e135mm, or about 5 5\/16 inches, which makes it a substantial cabinet rather than a slim panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo I need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFor movies, yes, because the speaker reaches 44 Hz in-room and a subwoofer covers the effects below that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much amplifier power does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio recommends 25 to 100 watts into 8 ohms, or 50 to 200 watts into 4 ohms, with 100 watts of continuous handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use it as a Dolby Atmos height speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio built the Silver AMS 8G for height duty, while the On-Wall is intended for left, right, center, and surround channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat warranty does Monitor Audio offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio lists a five-year warranty across the Silver Series 8G range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about on-wall speakers, mounting and placement, or building a matched home theater system? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"New \/ European Walnut \/ Single","offer_id":47167778488493,"sku":"NEW-MRSOW8G-EURWAL-SIN","price":650.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Gloss Black \/ Single","offer_id":47167778521261,"sku":"NEW-MRSOW8G-GLSBLK-SIN","price":650.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Satin White \/ Single","offer_id":47167778554029,"sku":"NEW-MRSOW8G-SATWHT-SIN","price":650.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRSOW8G-GLSBLK_3.jpg?v=1787756460"},{"product_id":"cambridge-audio-l-r-s-versatile-powered-stereo-speakers","title":"Cambridge Audio L\/R S Versatile Powered Stereo Speakers","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCompact Active Speakers Built for Desks and Small Rooms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe L\/R S is the smallest and most affordable model in Cambridge Audio's L\/R Series, and the company's first-ever active (self-powered) stereo speaker. Each cabinet is just under 9 inches tall — about the width of a paperback book — so the pair fits easily on a desk, shelf, or media console without a separate amplifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnlike its larger L\/R M and L\/R X siblings, the L\/R S keeps things simple: there's no network streaming platform here, just Bluetooth and a set of wired inputs. It's built for listeners who want genuinely good stereo sound at a desk, on a shelf, or in a smaller room, without the complexity or cost of a full component system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eReal Stereo Sound From a Small Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach speaker houses a 21mm aluminum tweeter and a long-throw 76mm (3-inch) mid\/bass driver, both powered by Class D amplification, for a claimed 100 watts of total output split evenly between the two speakers. A bass-reflex port at the rear of each cabinet helps extend low-frequency output without requiring a larger enclosure or a separate subwoofer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWired and Wireless, Kept Simple\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe L\/R S connects over Bluetooth (aptX HD, aptX, SBC, and AAC), or through RCA line-level, optical, and USB-C wired inputs. Optical and USB-C both accept high-resolution files up to 24-bit\/96kHz, though the speakers' internal processing resamples everything to 24-bit\/48kHz before playback. A subwoofer output is available if you want to add deeper bass later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eTuned for Real Placements, Not Just a Test Bench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo rear toggle switches let you tell the L\/R S how it's actually being used: one adjusts the sound when the speakers sit on a desk (correcting for time alignment and desk reflections), and another reduces mid-bass buildup when they're placed close to a wall. A third switch assigns which speaker acts as the left or right channel, so placement isn't fixed by the cable. Three onboard sound modes — Normal, Voice, and Movie — offer additional tuning for podcasts, dialogue-heavy content, or everyday listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Cambridge Audio L\/R S Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou need speakers for a desk, shelf, or small room.\u003c\/strong\u003e At under 9″ tall and about 5″ wide, the L\/R S fits where larger active speakers can't.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want simple wired and Bluetooth connectivity.\u003c\/strong\u003e RCA, optical, and USB-C inputs cover most everyday sources, alongside aptX HD Bluetooth for wireless streaming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want a clean, easygoing sound rather than maximum punch.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reviewers found the L\/R S even-toned and easy to listen to for long sessions, though rivals in this price range offer more rhythmic drive and dynamic punch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou don't need a phono stage or HDMI ARC.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike some competing desktop speakers, the L\/R S has neither built in; a turntable needs its own phono stage first, and there's no direct TV audio return channel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e there are no volume or input controls on the speakers themselves — everything is handled through the included remote, so keep track of it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThis is a fully active design: all amplification and electronics live in the primary speaker, which connects to the secondary speaker using the included 2-meter speaker link cable (a 5-meter cable is available separately for wider placements). Connect a source using RCA, optical, USB-C, or Bluetooth, and control volume, input, and power from the included remote. Included in the box: 2 speakers, a regional mains cable, a 2m speaker link cable, a BLE remote control, and a safety guide. Optional angled desk stands are sold separately and tilt the speakers up toward your listening position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 Watts of Class D Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e50 watts per speaker drives a 21mm aluminum tweeter and a 76mm long-throw mid\/bass driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eaptX HD Bluetooth Plus Wired Inputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRCA line-level, optical, and USB-C inputs cover most sources alongside wireless streaming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesk and Near-Wall Placement Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRear toggle switches adjust the sound for desktop reflections or close-to-wall placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Onboard Sound Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNormal, Voice, and Movie modes tailor the sound for music, podcasts, or dialogue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSubwoofer Output\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAdd a powered subwoofer later for deeper bass without replacing the main speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSix Finish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose from black, white, green, blue, orange, or a walnut veneer finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: fully active (powered) 2-way bass-reflex stereo speaker pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as: pair (primary speaker houses all amplification and electronics)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal power: 100W Class D (50W per speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTweeter: 21mm aluminum dome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMid\/bass driver: 76mm (3″) long-throw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosure: bass-reflex, rear slot port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBluetooth: aptX HD, aptX, SBC, AAC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWired inputs: 1x RCA line-level pair, 1x optical (TOSLINK), 1x USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital input resolution: up to 24-bit\/96kHz accepted; internally resampled to 24-bit\/48kHz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutputs: subwoofer output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSound modes: Normal, Voice, Movie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacement adjustments: desk-top mode, near-wall mode, left\/right channel assignment switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: included remote control (no on-speaker volume or input controls)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeaker link cable: 2m included (5m available separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (H × W × D): 22.6 × 13.4 × 18 cm (8.9″ × 5.3″ × 7.1″)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3.0 kg (primary speaker), 2.6 kg (secondary speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishes: Black, White, Green, Blue, Orange, Walnut veneer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eAwards \u0026amp; Expert Reviews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat Hi-Fi? scored the L\/R S 4\/5 for sound and 5\/5 for build quality, praising its \"clean, evenly balanced sound\" and calling the build and finish \"of a high standard.\" The review also noted that rival desktop speakers in this price range offer more rhythmic punch and dynamic expression, and pointed out that the L\/R S lacks a built-in phono stage, HDMI ARC, and on-unit controls — tradeoffs worth knowing about before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need a separate amplifier for the L\/R S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The L\/R S is fully active, with all the amplification built into the primary speaker. Just connect a source and you're ready to listen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I connect a turntable directly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOnly if your turntable has its own built-in phono stage. The L\/R S does not have a phono input, so a standard turntable would need an external phono preamp connected to one of the RCA or line-level inputs first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWill this work with my TV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYou can connect a TV using the optical or RCA input, but the L\/R S does not have an HDMI ARC\/eARC input, so you won't get one-cable HDMI integration or TV remote volume control the way you would with the larger L\/R M or L\/R X.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eHow is the L\/R S different from the L\/R M and L\/R X?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe L\/R S is Bluetooth and wired-only, with no network streaming, HDMI eARC, or phono stage. The L\/R M and L\/R X add StreamMagic network streaming, HDMI eARC, and a built-in phono stage, along with significantly more power and larger cabinets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I control the speakers without the remote?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNot directly on the speakers themselves — there are no volume or input buttons on the cabinets. All control runs through the included remote, or through your connected device's own volume control when streaming over Bluetooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Cambridge Audio","offers":[{"title":"New \/ Black","offer_id":47168642252973,"sku":"NEW-CALRM-BLK","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Blue","offer_id":47168642285741,"sku":"NEW-CALRM-BLU","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Green","offer_id":47168642318509,"sku":"NEW-CALRM-GRN","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Orange","offer_id":47168642351277,"sku":"NEW-CALRM-ORG","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Walnut","offer_id":47168642384045,"sku":"NEW-CALRM-WAL","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ White","offer_id":47168642416813,"sku":"NEW-CALRM-WHT","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/CALRM_1.jpg?v=1786716336"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-silver-100-8g-bookshelf-speakers","title":"Monitor Audio Silver 100 8G Bookshelf Speakers - Pair","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA True Three-Way, in a Standmount Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMost standmounts are two-ways, with one driver covering everything from bass to the crossover. The Silver 100 8G is a true three-way. An 8-inch C-CAM bass driver, a dedicated 3-inch C-CAM midrange driver and a 25 mm C-CAM Gold Dome tweeter each take their own band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe crossovers sit at 610 Hz and 2.9 kHz. That leaves the bass driver doing only bass and gives the voice range a driver of its own, which is the reason Monitor Audio built the cabinet bigger this generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eRST III, and Why the Cones Are Dimpled\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBoth the bass and midrange cones use Rigid Surface Technology III, the third generation of Monitor Audio’s dimpled cone surface. The pattern stiffens the metal so the cone moves as a piston rather than flexing, and Monitor Audio credits it with deeper, more controlled low frequencies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Numbers, and What They Ask of You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio quotes an in-room response of 33 Hz to 35 kHz at minus 6 dB. Sensitivity is 87 dB. Nominal impedance is 8 ohms, with a minimum of 3.7 ohms at 140 Hz, so the amplifier needs to be comfortable with a real load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe recommendation is 50 to 200 watts into 8 ohms, or 100 to 400 watts into 4 ohms. Continuous power handling is 200 watts and peak output is quoted at 114 dB. The rear port is tuned to 37 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Port Borrowed From an Owl\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio calls it the Silent Flow port. Its flare geometry is modeled on the interlocking wing feathers that let an owl fly without noise, guiding air smoothly through the port and cutting the chuffing sound a plain port can make on deep notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Are These Bookshelf Speakers Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want three-way clarity without a tower\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dedicated midrange driver is rare in a standmount, and it is what keeps voices clear when the bass is working hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour room is medium to large\u003c\/strong\u003e — an 8-inch driver, a 37 Hz port and 114 dB of headroom are built to fill space, and they will overwhelm a small room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour amplifier is a serious one\u003c\/strong\u003e — the load dips to 3.7 ohms, so pick one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eintegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e with real current behind its 50 to 200 watts, not just a matching number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want a system, not just a pair\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Silver 8G range includes matching center, on-wall and Atmos models, so a stereo pair can grow into a home theater with the same voicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBudget for heavy stands\u003c\/strong\u003e — at 17.3 inches tall and 26 pounds 11 ounces each, these are not bookshelf speakers in the literal sense, and they need stands with a large top plate rated for the weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do They Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSpeaker cable runs from your amplifier to the binding posts on the back of each cabinet, red to red and black to black, with both runs the same length. Given the 3.7 ohm dip, favor an amplifier with current to spare over one that merely matches the wattage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eStands are not optional here. Choose a pair rated for the weight with a top plate wide enough for a 9-inch cabinet, bring the tweeter to ear height, and pull the speakers off the rear wall so the port can breathe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat finishes the setup. These are the categories most Silver 100 8G owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — essential, and they need to be substantial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIntegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — 50 to 200 watts into 8 ohms, with current to match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean, low-loss run, equal lengths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/subwoofers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSubwoofers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — optional at 33 Hz, but useful for film\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWill these fit on a bookshelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRealistically, they will not. Each cabinet is 17.3 inches tall, 9.1 wide and 13.9 deep, and weighs 26 pounds 11 ounces. They belong on stands with a large top plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much amplifier power do they need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio recommends 50 to 200 watts into 8 ohms, or 100 to 400 watts into 4 ohms, with 200 watts of continuous handling. The 3.7 ohm minimum means current matters as much as watts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy does a standmount need a separate midrange driver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBecause it frees the bass driver to do only bass. In a two-way, one cone covers everything up to the tweeter, so a big bass note and a voice share the same driver at the same moment. Here they do not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow low does the bass go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio specifies 33 Hz in-room at minus 6 dB, with the port tuned to 37 Hz. That is floorstander territory, and it is why a subwoofer is optional for music.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat finishes are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHigh Gloss Black, European Walnut and Satin White. Monitor Audio covers the speakers with a five-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat is the next step up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/monitor-audio-gold-100-6g-bookshelf-speaker\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eMonitor Audio Gold 100 6G\u003c\/a\u003e, the standmount from Monitor Audio’s Gold range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTim Hancock reviews the Silver 100 8G for \u003cem\u003eAVForums\u003c\/em\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/g9notLmxvGQ\" title=\"Monitor Audio Silver 100 8G Standmount Speaker Review\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio unboxes the Silver Series 8G:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/RQNyksHmq1I\" title=\"Unboxing the NEW Silver Series 8G speakers\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about standmount speakers, choosing speaker stands, or matching an amplifier to your speakers? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"Gloss Black \/ New \/ Pair","offer_id":47168777257133,"sku":"NEW-MRS1008G-GLSBLK-PR","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"European Walnut \/ New \/ Pair","offer_id":47168777224365,"sku":"NEW-MRS1008G-EURWAL-PR","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Satin White \/ New \/ Pair","offer_id":47168777289901,"sku":"NEW-MRS1008G-SATWHT-PR","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRS1008G-GLSBLK_3.jpg?v=1787705296"},{"product_id":"audeze-mm-520-manny-marroquin-signature-series-headphones","title":"Audeze MM-520 Manny Marroquin Signature Series Headphones","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eThe Studio Reference Headphone Gets Real Bass, Without Losing Its Neutral Midrange\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe MM-520 is Audeze's update to the MM-500, developed with 18-time Grammy-winning mix engineer Manny Marroquin and now replacing it entirely in Audeze's lineup. It keeps the MM-500's core mission — an open-back planar headphone accurate enough for mixing and critical listening, and honest enough that decisions made on it translate to other systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe headline addition is Audeze's SLAM (Symmetric Linear Acoustic Modulator) technology, which optimizes air pressure inside the earcup to give the open-back design deeper, more controlled bass without disturbing the neutral midrange that made the MM-500 a working tool rather than a hi-fi showpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSLAM Technology Brings Real Low-End to an Open Back\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOpen-back headphones typically trade bass weight for soundstage and clarity, since the open design lets low frequencies escape rather than build up. SLAM addresses this with a vented, knurled ring built into the driver assembly that manages internal air pressure, adding a meaningful boost below 100Hz. Independent measurement confirms the emphasis sits mainly in the 20Hz to 50Hz range, giving the MM-520 more foundation than the MM-500 without introducing the boominess or distortion that bass-heavy closed-back designs can suffer from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eUpdated Comfort for Long Sessions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe MM-520 moves to magnetic detachable earpads, replacing the MM-500's glued-in pads, so swapping or cleaning them takes seconds rather than requiring adhesive work. New 180-degree swivel cups let the earcups lay flat when not in use and adjust more freely to your head. The tradeoff is weight: at 555g, the MM-520 is about 60g heavier than the MM-500, mainly due to the added SLAM ring and new pad magnet system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eEasy to Drive, Built to Scale\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAt 18 ohms impedance and 102dB\/mW sensitivity (2dB more sensitive than the MM-500), the MM-520 can be driven cleanly from an audio interface, console headphone output, or laptop, without requiring a dedicated headphone amplifier to reach usable volume. A quality headphone amp will still let the driver show more of what it's capable of, particularly for critical listening rather than quick monitoring checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Audeze MM-520 Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou mix, master, or do critical listening work.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MM-520 is built for translation — decisions made on it are meant to hold up on other playback systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want real bass from an open-back design.\u003c\/strong\u003e SLAM technology directly targets the low-end weakness open-back headphones are known for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou already own the MM-500 and are deciding whether to upgrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e The core driver and midrange tuning carry over; the main gains are bass definition, magnetic pads, and swivel cups, at the cost of extra weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou need flexible cable termination.\u003c\/strong\u003e The included cable covers 6.35mm and 3.5mm; if you need balanced 4-pin XLR or 4.4mm, budget for an aftermarket cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e at 555g, this is a heavier headphone than the MM-500 it replaces, which is worth factoring in if you already found the MM-500 substantial for long sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe MM-520 connects via a detachable 2.5m cable with 3-pin mini-XLR connectors at each earcup and a 6.35mm (1\/4\") plug at the amplifier end; a 6.35mm-to-3.5mm adapter is included for smaller headphone jacks. There is no balanced 4-pin XLR or 4.4mm cable included. Included in the box: the MM-520 headphones, the stock 2.5m cable, a 6.35mm-to-3.5mm adapter, a soft carrying pouch, a hard travel case, a user guide, and a warranty card. A headphone amplifier is not strictly required given the MM-520's sensitivity, but is recommended to hear the driver at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSLAM Bass Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA vented, air-pressure-managing ring adds meaningful low-end weight to the open-back design without closed-back boominess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e90mm Planar Magnetic Driver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA single-sided Fluxor magnet array and Ultra-Thin Uniforce diaphragm target low distortion and fast transient response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Detachable Earpads\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSwap or clean pads in seconds, without the glued-pad process used on the outgoing MM-500.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e180-Degree Swivel Cups\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEarcups lay flat for storage and adjust more freely for a range of head shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-to-Drive Specs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e18-ohm impedance and 102dB\/mW sensitivity let it run cleanly from an interface, console, or laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManny Marroquin Signature Tuning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDeveloped over four years with the 18-time Grammy-winning mix engineer for a neutral, translation-focused sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: open-back, over-ear planar magnetic headphone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver: 90mm planar magnetic, single-sided Fluxor magnet array (14 magnets), Ultra-Thin Uniforce diaphragm, Fazor phase management, SLAM acoustic management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency response: 5Hz – 50kHz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpedance: 18 ohms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensitivity: 102dB\/1mW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum SPL: greater than 130dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTHD: under 0.1% at 100dB SPL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum recommended power: above 100mW\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable: detachable, 2.5m, 20AWG OCC copper, 3-pin mini-XLR connectors, 6.35mm plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded adapter: 6.35mm to 3.5mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEarpads: magnetic detachable, memory foam with leather-style covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadband: metal frame with leather suspension strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCup articulation: 180-degree swivel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 555g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: headphones, stock cable, 6.35mm-to-3.5mm adapter, soft carrying pouch, hard travel case, user guide, warranty card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eAwards \u0026amp; Expert Reviews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHeadfonics awarded the MM-520 a 9.1 Award Score (Sound Quality 9.1, Design 9.2, Comfort 8.9, Synergy 9.3), citing \"impressive imaging for a compact soundstage\" and \"improved sub-bass response over the MM-500.\" The review's noted drawbacks were a slightly subdued upper-midrange for some listeners and added weight compared to the outgoing model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need a headphone amplifier to use the MM-520?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNot strictly. At 18 ohms and 102dB\/mW sensitivity, the MM-520 can be driven cleanly from an audio interface, console headphone output, or laptop. A dedicated headphone amp will still let the driver show more of its capability for critical listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eHow is the MM-520 different from the MM-500?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe core driver and Marroquin-tuned midrange carry over, but the MM-520 adds SLAM bass technology for deeper, more controlled low end, magnetic detachable earpads in place of glued pads, and new 180-degree swivel cups. It's about 60g heavier as a result. The MM-500 has been discontinued in favor of the MM-520.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDoes it come with a balanced cable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The included cable terminates in 6.35mm (1\/4\") with a 3.5mm adapter. There is no 4-pin XLR or 4.4mm balanced cable in the box; an aftermarket cable would be needed for a balanced connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs this an open-back or closed-back headphone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOpen-back. This gives it a more natural soundstage but means sound leaks in both directions, so it's better suited to a quiet room than shared or noisy spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhat else do I need to get started?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNothing essential beyond a source with a headphone output. A dedicated headphone amplifier is a worthwhile upgrade if you want to hear the MM-520 at its best, but it isn't required to use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Audeze","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47168882933933,"sku":"NEW-AZMM520","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/PRNT-AZMM520_1.jpg?v=1786725938"},{"product_id":"bowers-wilkins-805-d4-signature-floorstanding-speaker-california-burl-gloss-each","title":"Bowers \u0026 Wilkins 805 D4 Signature Bookshelf Speaker - California Burl Gloss - Each","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Diamond Tweeter, Sitting on Top of the Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe 805 D4 Signature is a two-way vented-box stand-mount, and the most compact speaker B\u0026amp;W builds in its 800 Series Signature range. A 1-inch Diamond Dome tweeter sits in a Solid Body housing above the cabinet, decoupled from the box below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnder that housing, a 6.5-inch Continuum cone handles bass and midrange. Inside the cabinet, B\u0026amp;W’s Matrix bracing stiffens the panels and an Anti-Resonance plug sits behind the drive unit. A rear Flowport vents the enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat the Signature Version Changes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eB\u0026amp;W describes the Signature tweeter housing as an elongated form carrying a longer tube-loading system, and pairs it with an all-new design of tweeter grille. The crossovers are upgraded, and each one is mounted on a stiff aluminum spine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Numbers, and What They Ask of You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFrequency response runs 42 Hz to 28 kHz within 3 dB, and the quoted range reaches 34 Hz to 35 kHz at minus 6 dB. Sensitivity is 88 dB. Nominal impedance is 8 ohms, with a minimum of 4.6 ohms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHarmonic distortion stays under 1 percent from 90 Hz to 20 kHz, and under 0.3 percent from 120 Hz upward. B\u0026amp;W recommends 50 to 120 watts into 8 ohms on unclipped programme. It also asks that total cable impedance stay under 0.1 ohms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSize, Weight, and the Stand It Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe cabinet stands 17.3 inches tall, 9.4 wide and 14.7 deep. It weighs 34.3 pounds. That is a lot to ask of a shelf. A dedicated stand is the sensible answer, and it is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAndrew Simpson reviewed the 805 D4 Signature for \u003cem\u003eAudiograde\u003c\/em\u003e on March 21, 2025. He called them \"one of the most refined and articulate standmount loudspeakers at the price\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHe also wrote that they are \"ruthlessly good at revealing the music and taking you closer to it\". On what they do best: \"what the Bowers focus on is precision\", with \"exceptional focus and almost supernatural timing\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Bookshelf Speaker Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want 800 Series Diamond engineering in a stand-mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Diamond Dome tweeter, the Solid Body housing, Matrix bracing and the Continuum cone are the flagship parts, in the smallest cabinet that carries them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision is what you listen for\u003c\/strong\u003e — focus, timing and the placement of instruments are what reviewers single out on this speaker, rather than sheer output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour room is not enormous\u003c\/strong\u003e — a two-way stand-mount that reaches 34 Hz at minus 6 dB gives you real low end without a tower’s footprint or a tower’s room requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou already have serious amplification\u003c\/strong\u003e — 88 dB sensitivity with a 4.6 ohm minimum wants an amplifier that is comfortable with the load, and one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eintegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e in the 50 to 120 watt window suits it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are ordering a stereo pair\u003c\/strong\u003e — this listing is one speaker, in California Burl Gloss, so a pair means ordering two, and you will want a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003espeaker stand\u003c\/a\u003e for each of them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSpeaker cable runs from your amplifier to the binding posts on the back. Keep both runs the same length. Keep total cable impedance under 0.1 ohms, which is a matter of gauge and distance rather than brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSet each speaker on a stand so the tweeter housing sits near ear height at your seat, and angle it slightly inward. The rear Flowport needs clear air behind it, so do not push the cabinet back against the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat finishes the setup. These are the categories most 805 D4 Signature owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — 34.3 pounds each, so build quality matters here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIntegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — 50 to 120 watts into 8 ohms is the window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — under 0.1 ohms total, so gauge and length matter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/subwoofers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSubwoofers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — for anything below the 34 Hz mark\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eIs this one speaker or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThis listing is a single speaker. Order two for stereo. We list it this way because it ships one to a box, so the order matches what actually turns up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes a stand come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eStands are separate. At 17.3 inches tall and 34.3 pounds, this speaker wants a proper stand rather than a shelf, and it wants one per speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much amplifier power does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eB\u0026amp;W recommends 50 to 120 watts into 8 ohms on unclipped programme. The load drops to 4.6 ohms at minimum, so amplifier quality counts as much as the wattage figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat finish is this listing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eCalifornia Burl Gloss. It is one of the two finishes B\u0026amp;W offers on this model, and it is the one we stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow low does it actually go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eB\u0026amp;W quotes 34 Hz at the minus 6 dB point, and 42 Hz within 3 dB. That is deep for a two-way stand-mount, though a subwoofer still has work to do below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eAudioholics\u003c\/em\u003e spends fifteen minutes with a pair:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Q_NFnLnpXuQ\" title=\"Bowers \u0026amp; Wilkins 805 D4 Signature Bookshelf Speaker Review!\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBowers \u0026amp; Wilkins introduces the 800 Series Signature range:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/X3Ix21iAh4s\" title=\"800 Series Signature - Crafted. Honed. Perfected.\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about matching a stand to your speakers, positioning a stand-mount, or choosing an amplifier? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bowers and Wilkins","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47169463845037,"sku":"NEW-BW805D4SIG-CALBURL-EA","price":7000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/BW805D4SIG-CALBURL-EA_1.jpg?v=1787240184"},{"product_id":"eversolo-dmp-a8-master-edition-gen-2-network-streamer-dac-preamplifier","title":"EverSolo DMP-A8 Master Edition Gen 2 Network Streamer, DAC, \u0026 Preamplifier","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe One That Also Reads Discs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe DMP-A8 Master Edition Gen 2 is a streamer, a converter and a preamplifier, and then it does something the others do not. EverSolo built a CD drive into it, with its own error correction, so a disc collection joins the same box as the files.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn 8.6-inch touchscreen runs the whole thing. Behind it sit a 64-bit octa-core processor, 8GB of RAM and 64GB of internal storage, which is what lets it index a very large library rather than stalling partway through the scan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eConnections go well past the usual. SFP fibre networking, AES\/EBU, HDMI eARC and a subwoofer output sit alongside Wi-Fi 6 and Gigabit Ethernet. The chassis measures 388 by 265 by 98.5mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhere the Master Edition Earns the Name\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eConversion runs on AKM's AK4191EQ paired with the AK4499EX, handling PCM to 32-bit\/768kHz and native DSD512. EverSolo publishes total harmonic distortion plus noise as low as 0.000075%, with signal-to-noise and dynamic range both reaching 129dB.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTiming is where the Master Edition separates itself. An OCXO oven-controlled oscillator works with a PLL as the master clock, and a 10MHz external clock input lets the whole system lock to one reference if you own one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe CD section is not a laptop drive pressed into service. EverSolo specifies a silent mechanism with error correction, tuned for audio rather than data, which is the difference between a disc that plays and a disc that reads reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Source Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou still own a lot of CDs\u003c\/strong\u003e — the built-in drive plays and rips them to internal storage, so the collection stops living in a cupboard and starts appearing on the same screen as everything else.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are tired of a stack of boxes\u003c\/strong\u003e — streaming, conversion, storage and volume control happen in one chassis, which removes several interconnects and a shelf's worth of components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour library is enormous\u003c\/strong\u003e — 8GB of RAM and a 64-bit octa-core processor index hundreds of thousands of tracks, so browsing stays quick instead of degrading as the collection grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou care about clocking\u003c\/strong\u003e — an OCXO master clock and a 10MHz external clock input mean the timing can be improved later without replacing the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou play records too\u003c\/strong\u003e — this handles digital sources and analog line inputs, but there is no phono stage inside, so a turntable needs one first. Choose one to suit your cartridge from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-preamplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ephono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e and vinyl joins the same system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRun the outputs to a power amplifier or a pair of active speakers, and use the subwoofer output if you have one. Because the volume control is on board, a separate preamplifier is optional rather than assumed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYour network arrives on Gigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi 6 or SFP fibre. A television connects over HDMI eARC, and studio gear over AES\/EBU. Discs simply go in the drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBuilding around the DMP-A8 Master Edition? Here are some great companions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Amplifier:\u003c\/strong\u003e The volume control is already here — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAmplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePhono Stage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bring a turntable into the system — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-preamplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePhono Preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubwoofer:\u003c\/strong\u003e There is an output waiting — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/subwoofers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSubwoofers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloorstanding Speakers:\u003c\/strong\u003e The end of a one-box system — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floorstanding-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes it really play CDs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. A silent CD drive with error correction is built in, specified for audio playback rather than adapted from a computer drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat converter does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAKM's AK4191EQ and AK4499EX together, handling PCM to 32-bit\/768kHz and native DSD512.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow does it differ from the standard DMP-A8 Gen 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Master Edition adds the CD mechanism and the OCXO master clock, alongside the larger screen and the fibre networking option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I connect an external clock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. A 10MHz external clock input is provided, so the unit can lock to a reference clock shared with the rest of a system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat networking does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGigabit Ethernet, Wi-Fi 6 and SFP fibre. Call us at 800-942-0220 to confirm what an SFP module needs before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow big is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e388 by 265 by 98.5mm, with an 8.6-inch touchscreen across the front panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eAndrew Robinson on why he chose the DMP-A8:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/UfGEqm4cqRg\" title=\"I Chose THIS Over a $10,000 HiFi Preamp! EverSolo DMP-A8 REVIEW\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about network streamers, digital converters, or ripping a CD collection? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EverSolo","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47169537081517,"sku":"NEW-EVDMPA8GEN2ME","price":2580.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/EVDMPA8GEN2ME_1.jpg?v=1787240699"},{"product_id":"eversolo-dmp-a8-gen-2-network-streamer-dac-preamplifier","title":"EverSolo DMP-A8 Gen 2 Network Streamer, DAC, \u0026 Preamplifier","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width: 720px; margin: 0 auto; padding: 32px 24px 48px 24px; background: #ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 0 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eThe Second Generation Rebuilt Everything Around the DAC\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eThe EverSolo DMP-A8 Gen 2 is a network streamer, a DAC and a fully balanced preamplifier in one box. It follows the original DMP-A8. The AKM converter pairing carries over, but the platform around it is new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eAn AK4191EQ modulator feeds an AK4499EX converter. Together they decode PCM to 768kHz\/32-bit and native DSD512. EverSolo's own AuralEngine processor replaces the off-the-shelf USB chip Gen 1 used. A pair of ultra-low phase-noise clocks handle timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eA Bigger Screen and the Memory to Drive It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eThe touchscreen grows to 8.6 inches and runs a redesigned interface with album art, VU meters and spectrum displays. Behind it sit 8GB of DDR5 and 64GB of eMMC. An M.2 2280 NVMe slot takes an SSD for local storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eThis is the standard Gen 2, not the Master Edition. The Master adds a CD transport and a higher-precision clock in a taller chassis. The standard model keeps the traditional crystal clocks and the more compact case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eThe Connections Are Where This Generation Moved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eGen 2 adds an AES\/EBU balanced digital output and an SFP fiber network port. A dedicated subwoofer output is new. HDMI eARC replaces the first generation's ARC-only socket. The SFP module itself is bought separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eBalanced XLR and single-ended RCA preamp outputs deliver 4.2V and 2.1V. The preamplifier stage offers up to 10dB of gain, so it can feed a power amplifier or active speakers directly. Analog XLR and RCA inputs are fitted too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSet the Crossover and Let the Subwoofer Do Its Job\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eThe subwoofer output has an adjustable crossover, 40 to 500Hz. Room correction runs from the touchscreen or the EverSolo app. You get target curves and correction filters. Bluetooth 5.4 uses a Qualcomm QCC3095 receiver, with SBC and AAC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eThe measured numbers are tight. Distortion sits below 0.00008 percent on XLR. RCA comes in below 0.000086 percent. Both work out near -121dB. Dynamic range and signal-to-noise beat 129dB balanced and 127dB unbalanced. Crosstalk tops 133dB. Response holds 20Hz to 20kHz within 0.25dB.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWho Is This Streamer Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; padding-left: 1.4em; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want one box instead of three\u003c\/strong\u003e — streamer, DAC and preamplifier share a chassis, so two interconnect pairs and two power cords leave your system and there is one remote to find.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou stream from more than one lossless service\u003c\/strong\u003e — TIDAL Connect, Qobuz Connect, Spotify Connect and DLNA are built in, so you keep your existing subscriptions and control playback from the app you already use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are adding a subwoofer to a two-channel system\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dedicated sub output with a 40 to 500Hz crossover is fitted, so the bass integrates without buying an outboard crossover or bass management box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are moving up from the first generation\u003c\/strong\u003e — the screen, memory and clocking are all new, and AES\/EBU, SFP fiber and HDMI eARC are added, so a Gen 1 owner gains outputs rather than just a faster interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou will listen through speakers, not headphones\u003c\/strong\u003e — the A8 Gen 2 has no headphone jack — every analog output is line level. Add one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/headphone-amplifiers\" style=\"color: #8a5a2b;\"\u003eheadphone amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e on the XLR or RCA outputs and the AKM converter still feeds it, so headphones and speakers share the same DAC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eJoin your network over gigabit Ethernet or dual-band Wi-Fi. The SFP fiber port is there for an isolated optical run, module bought separately. Trigger in and out switch a power amplifier along with the streamer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eRun the balanced XLR or single-ended RCA outputs straight into a power amplifier or active speakers. A television connects on HDMI eARC. A CD transport takes coaxial or optical, and a computer takes USB-B. AES\/EBU, coaxial, optical and USB outputs feed an external DAC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eBuilding a system around the DMP-A8 Gen 2? Start here:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; padding-left: 1.4em; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Amplifier:\u003c\/strong\u003e The preamp stage drives one directly — browse \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/amplifiers\" style=\"color: #8a5a2b;\"\u003eAmplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubwoofer:\u003c\/strong\u003e The dedicated output and 40–500Hz crossover are already fitted — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/subwoofers\" style=\"color: #8a5a2b;\"\u003eSubwoofers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterconnects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Balanced or single-ended, both output pairs need cable — see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/interconnect-cables\" style=\"color: #8a5a2b;\"\u003eInterconnect Cables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeadphone Amplifier:\u003c\/strong\u003e The one job this box leaves to another — see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/headphone-amplifiers\" style=\"color: #8a5a2b;\"\u003eHeadphone Amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWhat comes in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eA power cable, a remote control and the user manual. The SFP fiber module and any M.2 SSD are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eHow is this different from the Master Edition?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eThe Master Edition adds a CD transport and a higher-precision clock and PLL system in a taller chassis. The standard Gen 2 keeps the traditional crystal clocks and a more compact case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWhat formats and sample rates does it handle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eNative DSD512 and PCM up to 768kHz\/32-bit. File support covers DSD, MP3, APE, WAV, FLAC, AIF, AIFF, AAC, NRG and CUE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWhich streaming services are built in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eTIDAL Connect, Spotify Connect, Qobuz Connect and DLNA for casting, plus TIDAL, Qobuz, HIGHRESAUDIO and Apple Music as onboard services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eCan it act as my preamplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eYes. Balanced XLR and single-ended RCA outputs carry up to 10dB of gain and feed a power amplifier or active speakers directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size: 1.05em; margin: 0.9em 0 0.25em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWhat Bluetooth does it support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eBluetooth 5.4 through a Qualcomm QCC3095 receiver, with the SBC and AAC codecs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eEverSolo introduces the Gen 2 series and walks through what changed:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/mEXO0sJFpvs\" title=\"Introducing the Eversolo DMP-A8 Gen 2 Series\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.5em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eHIFI Daydreaming compares the A8 Gen 2 against the rest of the EverSolo range:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/q4AdCGbc5Mo\" title=\"Which Eversolo Should You Actually Buy? Eversolo DMP A6 gen2, A8 gen2\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; padding-left: 1.4em; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size: 1.25em; margin: 1.4em 0 0.35em 0; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about network streamers, balanced preamplifier outputs, or subwoofer crossovers? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color: #8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EverSolo","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47169616838829,"sku":"NEW-EVDMPA8GEN2","price":1980.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/EVDMPA8GEN2_1.jpg?v=1786732010"},{"product_id":"marantz-cd70-cd-player","title":"Marantz CD70 - CD Player","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eMarantz Built the CD 70 for the Discs You Already Own\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMarantz has been building CD players since 1982. The CD 70 is the newest one, and it takes over from the CD6007 at the entry point of the range. It is a full-width component with a metal front panel and a real disc tray, built to do one job well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOn the back you get a pair of RCA line outputs, plus coaxial and optical digital outputs. On the front sits a USB-A port for high-resolution files on a flash drive, and a 6.3 mm headphone jack with its own volume knob and three gain settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eEverything You Need to Hook It Up Ships in the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe CD 70 measures 17.4 inches wide, 13.8 deep and 4.3 tall, and it weighs 14.3 pounds. Marantz packs in a remote, two AAA batteries, an RCA audio cable, a remote connector cable and a detachable power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhere Marantz Spent the Money Inside\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA high-performance DAC sits at the center of the player, working alongside what Marantz calls its DAC Master Clock Design. The aim is tighter timing as the data on the disc becomes an analog signal your amplifier can use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIn the analog output and headphone stages, Marantz fits its own HDAM-SA2 modules in place of off-the-shelf op-amp chips. These are discrete circuit blocks the company has refined across its range for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThree Switches That Change What You Hear\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo digital filters give you a choice of impulse response, so you can match the player to your system and your music. The DIMMER button steps the display down four levels or shuts it off. A menu setting turns the digital outputs off when you are not using them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat the Measurements Say About the Background\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMarantz publishes a signal-to-noise ratio of 110 dB and 100 dB of dynamic range from a 16-bit disc. Harmonic distortion is 0.0016% and channel separation is 98 dB. Frequency response runs 2 Hz to 20 kHz at CD sampling rates. Quiet passages stay quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe mechanical side matters too. A second metal plate stiffens the chassis, the feet are rigid, and copper hardware is placed through the unit. Separate rectifier circuits feed the analog and digital sections. The headphone amp delivers 163 mW into 32 ohms on high gain, and standby draw is 0.3 watts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAndy Madden reviewed the CD 70 for \u003cem\u003eWhat Hi-Fi?\u003c\/em\u003e on July 28, 2026, giving it five stars for sound, features and build. He called it \"undoubtedly the new go-to recommendation at this level.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This CD Player Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou still own a wall of CDs\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dedicated player with its own clock and analog stage gets more out of those discs than a DVD player or a laptop drive, so your collection earns its shelf space again.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are building a first real two-channel system\u003c\/strong\u003e — one RCA cable into any integrated amplifier and you are listening, with no app or account between you and the music.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou listen on headphones late at night\u003c\/strong\u003e — a discrete headphone amp with three gain settings and a front volume knob drives easy earbuds and demanding 300-ohm cans, so you can skip a separate headphone amp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou keep hi-res files on a thumb drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — the front USB-A port plays FLAC, WAV and AIFF up to 24-bit\/192 kHz, plus DSD, so your downloads play without a computer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the CD 70 to feed your system, not decode it\u003c\/strong\u003e — the digital section is output only, so a TV, streamer or laptop cannot route sound through it. Add one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/digital-to-analog-converters\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eDACs\u003c\/a\u003e and those sources get the same treatment your discs do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRun the included RCA cable from the LINE OUT jacks to any line-level input on your amplifier or receiver. Use the CD input if you have one, or any spare input if you do not. Then add the power cord and load a disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePrefer an outboard converter? Take the coaxial or optical output to your DAC instead. Marantz amplifier owners can add the supplied remote connector cable and set the rear switch to EXTERNAL, so one remote runs both boxes. Two cables, ten minutes, music.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA few things worth adding when you build around the CD 70:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIntegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the partner the CD 70 was designed for, with a line input ready to go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/interconnect-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eInterconnect cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a better RCA run than the one in the box, in the length your rack needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/headphones\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eHeadphones\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the front jack and its gain settings deserve better than the pair that came with your phone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a solid, level shelf keeps footfall and speaker energy away from the disc mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat comes in the box with the Marantz CD 70?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYou get the player, the RC006PMCD remote with two AAA batteries, an RCA audio cable, a remote connector cable and a detachable power cord. A quick start guide and safety instructions are included as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhich discs does the CD 70 play?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt plays standard CDs, plus finalized CD-R and CD-RW discs, including data discs burned with MP3 or WMA files. This is a Red Book CD player, so SACD owners will want a dedicated SACD machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat files will the USB port play?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFLAC, WAV and AIFF up to 192 kHz, Apple Lossless up to 96 kHz, DSD at 2.8 and 5.6 MHz, plus MP3, WMA and AAC. Use a flash drive formatted to FAT16 or FAT32.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I listen through headphones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The 6.3 mm jack on the front panel has its own volume knob, and the menu offers low, mid and high gain so you can match the output to your headphones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eIs the CD 70 hard to set up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSetup takes minutes, with no tools and no software. Connect one stereo cable to your amplifier, plug in the power cord and press play. The settings menu is there when you want to explore the filters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes it work with a Marantz amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt does. Link the two with the supplied remote connector cable, set the rear switch to EXTERNAL, and Power On Sync turns the amplifier on and selects its CD input whenever you start the player.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eJohn at Peter Tyson takes a first look at the CD 70 and the MODEL 70 that replace the 6007 series:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/w9uffGDHxZk\" title=\"Marantz MODEL 70 \u0026amp; CD 70: More Than Just a Face-Lift?\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eGearBrain walks the features and the sound of both new components:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/VfsXSw3lz1E\" title=\"Marantz CD 70 and MODEL 70 Buyer's Guide\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about CD players, digital filters, or matching a source to your amplifier? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Marantz","offers":[{"title":"New \/ Black","offer_id":47170091319469,"sku":"NEW-MACD70-BLK","price":750.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Silver\/Gold","offer_id":47170091352237,"sku":"NEW-MACD70-SIL-GLD","price":750.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MACD70_1.jpg?v=1787579780"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-silver-500-8g-speaker","title":"Monitor Audio Silver 500 8G Speaker","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eTwin Eight-Inch Woofers, Down to 28 Hz\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Silver 500 8G sits at the top of Monitor Audio’s Silver line, and the spec sheet shows why. Two 8-inch C-CAM bass drivers move the air. A 3-inch C-CAM midrange driver handles voices. A 25mm C-CAM Gold Dome tweeter covers the top, and the crossover points fall at 640 Hz and 2.8 kHz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio rates this speaker from 28 Hz to 35 kHz in-room at minus 6 dB with the port tuned to 33 Hz. That is subwoofer territory from a passive tower. Peaks reach 119 dB and it takes 250 watts all day, so the headroom is there when a recording asks for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSensitivity is 90 dB, the highest in the range, which makes the Silver 500 8G easier to drive than its size suggests. Impedance does dip to 3.6 ohms around 2 kHz, so a capable amplifier still matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat the Eighth Generation Changed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEvery driver here is new. The bass and midrange cones use RST III geometry, Monitor Audio’s third-generation surface pattern. The six-sided dimples keep the cone stiff, so it moves as a piston instead of flexing. With two 8-inch cones pushing hard, that stiffness does real work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Gold Dome tweeter has been a Monitor Audio signature since 1982. This time it gets a vented rear chamber, a shorting ring, and a new magnet. All of it sits inside the Uniform Dispersion Waveguide II, which spreads treble across the room instead of at one chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Silent Flow port is the other headline change. Monitor Audio widened it and reshaped the flare after studying the wing feathers that let owls fly in silence. Smoother airflow means less port noise in your bass, and that matters more as cabinets get bigger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThrough-Bolt Technology anchors each driver to the rear panel at a set torque. That braces the driver and stiffens the cabinet at once. Underneath sit new outrigger feet from the Platinum Series, with a wider stance and top-adjust leveling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePaul Miller reviewed the Silver 500 8G for the October 2026 issue of \u003cem\u003eHi-Fi News\u003c\/em\u003e and gave it an Outstanding Product Award. He described \"bold transients, deep bass notes and huge swells,\" and praised its resolution and tonal subtlety on complex mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWorth knowing before you commit: each cabinet stands 44 inches tall and weighs 53 pounds, and Monitor Audio asks for at least 60 watts into 8 ohms. A 28 Hz roll-off in a small room will fight you rather than reward you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Are These Floorstanding Speakers Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners with a large room to fill\u003c\/strong\u003e — Twin 8-inch woofers and 119 dB peaks need space, and reward it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone who wants deep bass without a subwoofer\u003c\/strong\u003e — A 28 Hz in-room rating covers nearly everything in music.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of a real amplifier\u003c\/strong\u003e — 250 watts of handling and a 3.6-ohm dip give a good amp room to work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeople building one system for music and movies\u003c\/strong\u003e — A matching center, on-wall, and Atmos model finish the range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners in small or modest rooms\u003c\/strong\u003e — A 44-inch tower tuned to 33 Hz will overload a small space, and you will end up plugging the ports. The Silver 300 8G gives the same three-way design in a cabinet sized for smaller rooms, over in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floorstanding-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRun speaker cable from your amplifier to the binding posts on the back, red to red and black to black, then repeat for the second speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFit the outriggers before you move anything into place, using spikes on carpet and rubber feet on hard floors, then level from the top. Start well out from the rear wall and walk them back until the bass locks in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA few good places to look next:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIntegrated Amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Match the power range and bring real current with it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker Cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — A low-loss run keeps the three-way design honest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/home-theater-receivers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAV Receivers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — The Silver 500 8G anchors a serious home theater front stage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio Racks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Solid support for the electronics driving them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much amplifier power do these need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio recommends 60 to 250 watts into 8 ohms, or 125 to 500 watts into 4 ohms, with 250 watts of continuous handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow low does the bass go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio specifies 28 Hz in-room at minus 6 dB, with the port tuned to 33 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo I need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFor music, almost certainly not, though movies with deep effects below 28 Hz still benefit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow is this different from the Silver 300 8G?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe 500 uses two 8-inch woofers instead of two 6-inch, reaches 28 Hz instead of 30 Hz, and stands four inches taller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHigh Gloss Black, Satin White, and European Walnut, where the walnut is an engineered veneer from sustainable timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat warranty does Monitor Audio offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio lists a five-year warranty on its United States product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about floorstanding speakers, speaker placement, or matching an amplifier to your speakers? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"New \/ European Walnut \/ Single","offer_id":47173520097453,"sku":"NEW-MRS5008G-EURWAL-SIN","price":2000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Gloss Black \/ Single","offer_id":47173520130221,"sku":"NEW-MRS5008G-GLSBLK-SIN","price":2000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Satin White \/ Single","offer_id":47173520162989,"sku":"NEW-MRS5008G-SATWHT-SIN","price":2000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRS5008G-GLSBLK_1.jpg?v=1787756986"},{"product_id":"musical-fidelity-m8s-pre-fully-balanced-preamplifier-silver","title":"Musical Fidelity M8s PRE Fully Balanced Preamplifier - Silver","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReference-Level Analog Control, Fully Balanced from Input to Output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Musical Fidelity M8sPRE is a fully balanced, pure Class A preamplifier created for listeners building a no-compromise separates system. Just add power amplification and speakers to enjoy precise source control, an excellent MM\/MC phono stage, and the effortless authority needed to anchor a serious two-channel or theater-based system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA Clearer Path to the Music\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe M8sPRE is designed to add virtually no character of its own. Its exceptionally low noise and distortion preserve fine harmonic textures, natural vocal presence, and the scale of a recording without bleaching away warmth or body. Bass remains firm and well defined, while wide bandwidth and strong channel separation help create an open, stable soundstage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is a preamplifier rather than a power amplifier, so it does not supply speaker-driving wattage or contain speaker drivers. Instead, its low-output-impedance, high-current circuitry delivers a clean, confident signal to the power amplifier—even through long interconnects. A frequency response of 5 Hz to 100 kHz, within +0\/–1 dB, gives the M8sPRE ample bandwidth for speed, phase integrity, and convincing musical dynamics.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVolume is governed by a quad, laser-trimmed attenuator with fine 0.5 dB steps. That precision helps maintain accurate channel balance at real-world listening levels, making it easy to settle on exactly the right volume without abrupt jumps or shifts in the stereo image.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeard and Recommended\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“Its performance is audibly and measurably linear from input to output.” — Ashley Cox, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAudio Appraisal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, December 5, 2019\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“I often felt like I had taken another step closer to the music and I could hear just a little more.” — \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart-Time Audiophile\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e, June 2023\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrue Balance, Dual-Mono Discipline\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike designs that add balanced connectors to an otherwise single-ended circuit, the M8sPRE maintains a fully balanced signal path from input to output. Separate dual-mono amplifier sections reduce interaction between channels, improving separation, image focus, and low-level clarity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePure Class A circuitry keeps the active stages operating in their most linear region, helping the preamplifier sound smooth, fast, and unforced. Each channel receives its own 350VA silent-drive mains transformer, while independently regulated stages provide a stable, low-impedance power foundation. The result is abundant headroom, very low noise, and the current capability to drive demanding power-amplifier inputs and long cable runs with ease.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVinyl Without an Outboard Box\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe built-in phono stage supports both moving-magnet and moving-coil cartridges. Accurate RIAA equalization, low noise, low distortion, and generous overload margins let vinyl retain its dynamics and tonal color without requiring a separate phono preamplifier.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReady for a System That Grows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo balanced XLR inputs and five RCA line-level inputs accommodate a substantial collection of analog sources, while the dedicated RCA phono input handles MM or MC cartridges. One XLR input and one RCA input offer home-theater bypass, allowing the M8sPRE and its connected power amplifier to serve the front channels of a surround system without disturbing calibrated theater levels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVariable outputs are provided on both balanced XLR and unbalanced RCA connections, and both may be used simultaneously. This makes it easy to feed a main power amplifier plus a compatible line-level subwoofer or secondary amplifier. A fixed RCA output supports a recorder or a separate headphone amplifier with its own volume control, while 12-volt trigger input and output simplify coordinated system power-up. Automatic conversion between balanced and single-ended signals makes mixed-connection systems straightforward.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe M8sPRE is intentionally analog-focused: it does not include a DAC, network streaming, speaker-level outputs, or a built-in headphone amplifier.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAt Home in Music-First and Theater Systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIn a dedicated listening room, the M8sPRE provides the transparency and control needed to reveal upgrades elsewhere in the system without becoming the bottleneck. Its robust output stage is equally comfortable with nearby monoblocks or remotely placed amplifiers connected by long balanced cables.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVinyl listeners can connect a turntable directly, while owners of external DACs, streamers, disc players, and tape components have generous analog connectivity. Home-theater bypass makes the preamp a natural bridge between a high-performance stereo system and a multichannel installation. Simultaneous RCA and XLR outputs can also simplify integration of an active subwoofer, provided crossover and level management are handled by the subwoofer or another component.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Heart of an Ambitious Analog System\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe M8sPRE brings reference-grade transparency, commanding system control, and true balanced engineering to the heart of an ambitious analog system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFully balanced signal path from input to output for excellent noise rejection and channel separation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDual-mono, pure Class A circuitry for smooth, transparent, low-distortion performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuad laser-trimmed volume attenuator with precise 0.5 dB adjustment steps\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeparate 350VA silent-drive mains transformer for each channel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIndependently regulated stages for stable, low-impedance power delivery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh input-overload margins and a low-impedance, high-current output stage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt-in low-noise MM\/MC phono stage with accurate RIAA equalization\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBalanced and unbalanced home-theater bypass inputs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSimultaneous XLR and RCA variable outputs for flexible amplifier and subwoofer integration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAutomatic balanced-to-unbalanced and unbalanced-to-balanced signal conversion\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed-level RCA output for recording or a separate headphone amplifier\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e12-volt trigger input and output for coordinated system operation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemote control included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct type: Fully balanced, dual-mono analog preamplifier\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCircuit topology: Pure Class A\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower output: Not applicable; preamplifier only\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeaker drivers: Not applicable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequency response: 5 Hz–100 kHz, +0\/–1 dB\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal harmonic distortion plus noise, RCA: Less than 0.005%\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal harmonic distortion plus noise, XLR: Less than 0.004%\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSignal-to-noise ratio: Greater than 118 dB, A-weighted\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBalanced analog inputs: 2 pairs XLR, including 1 home-theater bypass input\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnbalanced line inputs: 5 pairs RCA, including 1 home-theater bypass input\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePhono input: 1 pair RCA, selectable MM\/MC, with grounding terminal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVariable preamplifier outputs: 1 pair balanced XLR and 1 pair unbalanced RCA\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed output: 1 pair RCA\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eControl connections: 12V trigger input and output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVolume adjustment: Quad laser-trimmed attenuator, 0.5 dB steps\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower supply: Dual 350VA silent-drive mains transformers; independently regulated stages\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDigital inputs \/ DAC \/ streaming: None\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeadphone output: None\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): 440 × 162 × 400 mm \/ 17.32 × 6.38 × 15.75 in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight: 17 kg \/ 37.5 lb unpacked; 23 kg \/ 50.7 lb packed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable finishes: Black or silver\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Musical Fidelity","offers":[{"title":"Silver \/ New","offer_id":47173654937773,"sku":"NEW-MFM8SPRE-SIL","price":5299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MFM8SPRE-SIL_1.jpg?v=1787242251"},{"product_id":"hifiman-he6-remastered-planar-headphones","title":"HiFiMan HE6 Remastered Planar Headphones","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eThe Original HE6 Sound, Now Lighter to Wear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe HE6 Remastered brings back HiFiMan's 2010 HE6, a planar magnetic headphone that earned a near-legendary reputation among headphone enthusiasts for its speed, detail, and open, expansive soundstage. Rather than retuning the sound, HiFiMan kept the original driver design unchanged and focused this update entirely on comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThis is a headphone for listeners who already know the HE6's reputation, or who want the classic planar sound that helped define the category, paired with a demanding amplifier capable of driving it properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eThe Same Driver That Built the Reputation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAt the core of the HE6 Remastered is the original HE6's planar magnetic driver, built around what HiFiMan calls its Nanometer Thickness Diaphragm — an extremely thin, gold-sputtered membrane designed to respond quickly to the signal. HiFiMan has also brought back early-production details from the original HE6, including a brass protective mesh and external reinforcing ribs around the magnet structure, which later HE6 variants removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003e28 Grams Lighter, Aimed at Long Sessions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe main change in this remaster is physical, not sonic. A new composite Gen 2 headband, shared with other current HiFiMan models, brings total weight down from roughly 550g to 522g. It's a modest reduction on paper, but one aimed squarely at the fatigue that builds up over long listening sessions with a planar headphone this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eBe Ready to Feed It Real Power\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe HE6 Remastered carries over the original's demanding electrical profile: 83.5dB sensitivity at 50 ohms impedance. That combination means it needs meaningfully more power than most headphones to reach a comfortable listening volume, and it will sound thin, flat, or simply too quiet from a phone, laptop headphone jack, or low-power dongle DAC. A capable desktop headphone amplifier is not optional here; it's part of what makes this headphone work as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the HiFiMan HE6 Remastered Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou already own, or plan to buy, a serious headphone amplifier.\u003c\/strong\u003e 83.5dB sensitivity at 50 ohms demands real current; budget for a capable desktop amp alongside the headphone itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want the original HE6 sound, not a retuned version.\u003c\/strong\u003e HiFiMan kept the driver design unchanged specifically to preserve the original's sonic signature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou do critical, focused listening at a desk.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is an open-back design that leaks sound in both directions, so it suits a quiet room rather than shared or noisy spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou're comparing it to the standard HE6.\u003c\/strong\u003e The original HE6 remains available at a lower price if the lighter headband and remastered construction details aren't a priority for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e this is not a portable headphone, and it is not a plug-and-play pair for phones or basic USB dongles — factor in amplifier cost before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe HE6 Remastered connects via a detachable cable using 3.5mm connectors at each earcup, an update from the recessed screw-lock connectors used on the original HE6. Confirmed contents include the headphones, a detachable cable, and documentation; the exact cable termination (such as balanced 4-pin XLR or unbalanced 6.35mm) and whether a speaker-amp HE-Adapter or backup earpads are included had not been finalized in manufacturer materials at the time of writing, so please confirm the full accessory list before publishing or promising specific extras. Because of its low sensitivity, plan on pairing this headphone with a dedicated headphone amplifier; a speaker amplifier can also be used with HiFiMan's separate HE-Adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal HE6 Planar Driver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe same driver architecture as the 2010 original, unchanged to preserve its signature detail and dynamics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGold-Sputtered Nanometer Thickness Diaphragm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn extremely thin, lightweight diaphragm designed for fast transient response and low distortion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestored Early-Edition Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass protective mesh and external reinforcing ribs return from the original early-production HE6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNew Gen 2 Composite Headband\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCuts total weight from roughly 550g to 522g for noticeably less strain during long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpdated 3.5mm Cable Connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eReplaces the original's recessed screw-lock connectors with a simpler, more durable connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Back Planar Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn open enclosure supports a wide, expansive soundstage at the cost of sound isolation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: open-back, over-ear planar magnetic headphone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver: original HE6 planar driver, gold-sputtered Nanometer Thickness Diaphragm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensitivity: 83.5dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpedance: 50 ohms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency response: 8Hz – 65kHz (manufacturer rated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable connection: detachable, 3.5mm connectors at each earcup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadband: Gen 2 composite headband\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 522g (without packaging)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended source: dedicated headphone amplifier (or speaker amplifier via separate HE-Adapter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: headphones, detachable cable, documentation (full accessory list to be confirmed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I use the HE6 Remastered with my phone or laptop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNot effectively. At 83.5dB sensitivity and 50 ohms impedance, this headphone needs significantly more current than a phone, laptop headphone jack, or basic USB dongle can supply. Plan on a dedicated desktop headphone amplifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eHow is the Remastered different from the original HE6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe driver design is unchanged, so the core sound signature is intended to match the original. The main differences are physical: a new, lighter Gen 2 composite headband (522g vs. 550g) and updated 3.5mm cable connectors in place of the original's recessed screw-lock connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I use a speaker amplifier to power these headphones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, with HiFiMan's separate HE-Adapter, which is designed to let you safely connect planar headphones like the HE6 Remastered to a speaker amplifier's output. Confirm whether this is included or sold separately before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy would I choose this over the standard HE6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe HE6 Remastered offers the same driver and sound signature as the standard HE6, in a lighter, more comfortable headband with updated cable connectors, at a higher price. If comfort for long sessions isn't a priority, the standard HE6 remains available at a lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs this a portable headphone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The open-back design leaks sound in both directions, and the power requirements make it impractical for phones or portable players. This is a headphone for a dedicated desktop listening setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"HiFiMan","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47173941657773,"sku":"NEW-HMHE6REM","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/HMHE6REM_1.jpg?v=1786721726"},{"product_id":"eversolo-t10-streaming-transport","title":"Eversolo T10 Streaming Transport","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Transport, Not a DAC\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Eversolo T10 is a dedicated streaming transport. It has no built-in DAC. Instead it pulls music from your network or your storage. It then sends a clean digital signal out to a separate DAC, one you already own or plan to add.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eStreaming and networking hardware generates its own electrical noise. Keeping that noise away from the conversion stage in your DAC is the whole point of a separate transport. It is what the T10 is built to do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAt the center of the T10 sits an OCXO crystal oscillator paired with phase-locked loop circuitry. Eversolo calls this its femtosecond clock. It keeps timing jitter as low as possible before the signal leaves the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn 8.6-inch touchscreen runs the interface, complete with ambient animations and VU meters. An 8-core processor with 8GB of RAM and 64GB of onboard storage handles playback and the BluOS-adjacent streaming platform underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFive Ways Out, Room for a Reference Clock\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUSB and IIS outputs handle the heaviest files. They pass DSD512 native and PCM up to 768kHz\/32-bit. AES\/EBU, coaxial, and optical outputs cover PCM up to 192kHz\/24-bit and DoP64, for DACs that skip USB or IIS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn external clock input accepts a 10MHz or 25MHz reference signal, at 50 or 75 ohms. Owners of a standalone master clock can sync the T10 to it instead of its own internal oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo M.2 NVMe slots support up to 16TB of local storage, on top of the 64GB built in. A custom O-type linear power supply feeds the system, chosen for low noise over a switching design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNetworking runs over 2.5G Ethernet, dual-band Wi-Fi 6, or an SFP fiber port. Fiber is the quietest of the three. Light carries no electrical current, so none of it reaches the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eJason Kennedy reviewed the T10 for The Ear in July 2026. He wrote that it \"has a musical fluency that is particularly enjoyable\" and that it \"draws you in even when attention is diverted elsewhere.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHe also praised its composure at volume, noting a \"smooth sound at normal levels can be a monster one with the volume cranked up, yet it doesn't make your ears bleed.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDaniel Březina reviewed it for Best of High End in August 2026, calling its sound \"neutral and crystal-clear\" with \"a completely clean output with no technical touch.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHe described the T10 as feeling \"more natural, with greater composure and a certain inner reserve,\" adding that it \"renders the notes with superb clarity and precision\" without sounding harsh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Transport Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone who already owns a DAC they love.\u003c\/strong\u003e The T10 upgrades the streaming and clocking ahead of it, without replacing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners chasing the lowest possible jitter.\u003c\/strong\u003e Its OCXO clock and external clock input target timing precision specifically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone with a large local music library.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual NVMe slots support up to 16TB of onboard storage, no NAS required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShoppers who want a quiet, isolated network connection.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SFP fiber input keeps network noise away from the audio path entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have not chosen a converter yet\u003c\/strong\u003e — the T10 is built to hand a clean signal to whichever one you pick, and that choice is where its performance shows. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/digital-to-analog-converters\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003edigital-to-analog converters\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRun USB or IIS from the T10 to your DAC's matching input for the highest resolution support. Use AES\/EBU, coaxial, or optical instead if your DAC doesn't accept USB or IIS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eConnect to your network over 2.5G Ethernet, the SFP fiber port, or Wi-Fi 6, depending on what your router and switch support. Add music to the internal NVMe slots for local playback without a network at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf you own a standalone master clock, connect it to the external clock input instead of relying on the T10's internal oscillator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBuilding your system? Here are some great companions for the Eversolo T10:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/digital-to-analog-converters\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eDACs\u003c\/a\u003e to pair with its transport-only design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/digital-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eDigital cables\u003c\/a\u003e for its USB, AES\/EBU, coaxial, or optical outputs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e to give it a stable, permanent home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower cables\u003c\/a\u003e to feed its linear power supply cleanly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes the T10 have a built-in DAC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt's a transport only. You'll need a separate DAC connected to one of its digital outputs to actually convert the signal to analog sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat's the benefit of the external clock input?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt lets the T10 sync to a standalone reference clock instead of its own internal oscillator, which can further reduce timing jitter if you already own one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much storage can I add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo M.2 NVMe slots support up to 16TB combined, on top of the 64GB built in. That's enough for most local libraries without a separate network drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eIs this meant to replace my DMP-A8 or DMP-A6?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNot exactly. Those are integrated streamer-DACs with their own conversion stage built in. The T10 is a separate category, meant to feed a standalone DAC rather than replace one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat's the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEversolo covers the T10 for one year against manufacturing defects, the same policy applied across its product line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAudio Excellence Canada puts the T10 through a full review:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/HIVf-nBGeJ4\" title=\"Eversolo T10 Review: The Digital Transport Everyone Will Be Talking About?\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSoundnews goes deeper on the T10's technical design and sound:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-kl77VHy3FM\" title=\"Eversolo T10 Deep Dive - Technical Breakdown, Sound \u0026amp; Comparisons\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about separating your streaming and DAC stages, matching a transport to your system, or building a lower-noise digital front end? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EverSolo","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47175005864109,"sku":"NEW-EVT10","price":2180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/PRNT-EVT10_1.jpg?v=1787239040"},{"product_id":"pro-ject-vc-e-mini-record-cleaning-machine","title":"Pro-Ject VC-E Mini Record Cleaning Machine","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Vacuum Record Cleaner That Fits Almost Anywhere\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Pro-Ject VC-E Mini is a vacuum-powered record cleaning machine, built as the smallest and simplest model in Pro-Ject's cleaning machine lineup. It's meant for anyone who wants real vacuum cleaning without giving up much shelf space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eInstead of the vacuum arm on the VC-E2 and VC-S3, the Mini builds its vacuum into the platter itself, underneath the record. A quiet, high-torque brushless DC motor drives the suction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThat design change is the whole point: Pro-Ject built it to simplify operation and run quieter than its larger siblings, since there's no separate arm to lower onto the record by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA magnetic clamp holds the record in place at 30 RPM while it cleans. The machine runs off a 12V DC power supply rather than plugging directly into a wall outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCompact Enough for a Small Shelf\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAt about 9 inches wide, 7.3 inches deep, and just 6.1 inches tall, the VC-E Mini is noticeably smaller than Pro-Ject's other cleaning machines. It weighs about 4.6 pounds without its power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt draws a maximum of 60 watts, far less than the VC-E2 or VC-S3. Pro-Ject includes a 100ml bottle of Wash It 2 cleaning fluid, a vinyl brush, and replacement adhesive strips for the vacuum slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo pre-mounted washers let you adjust the platter height as the felt wears. It is built for standard 12-inch records. Between the washers and the adhesive strips, the parts that wear are the parts you can replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Machine Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVinyl collectors with very little shelf or closet space.\u003c\/strong\u003e Its compact footprint fits where even the VC-E2 won't.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone who wants vacuum cleaning without a separate arm to manage.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bottom-mounted vacuum removes fluid without any lowering or positioning step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners who want a quieter cleaning routine.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pro-Ject designed the Mini's motor to run quieter than its larger VC-E2 and VC-S3 siblings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirst-time buyers easing into a vinyl cleaning routine.\u003c\/strong\u003e It's a simpler, more affordable entry point into Pro-Ject's cleaning lineup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou clean a few records at a sitting, not a crate\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smaller build and lower power draw suit a steady routine rather than a marathon, and a big backlog is better handled by the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/pro-ject-vc-s3-record-cleaning-machine\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eVC-S3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Use It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSecure the record on the platter with the magnetic clamp, then apply cleaning fluid and spread it with the included brush in both directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWait a few seconds, then switch on the motor and vacuum together. Let the record complete at least two rotations in opposite directions to draw the fluid away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFlip the record and repeat on the other side. Run the vacuum alone for 15 to 30 seconds afterward to clear any remaining fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBuilding your system? Here are some great companions for the Pro-Ject VC-E Mini:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/turntables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e that deserve records this clean feeding their stylus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-cartridges\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePhono cartridges\u003c\/a\u003e that last longer tracking clean, grit-free grooves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-preamplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e to complete a full analog front end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e to give your cleaning machine a permanent home\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow is this different from the VC-E2 and VC-S3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThose machines use a vacuum arm you lower onto the record by hand. The Mini vacuums from underneath the platter instead, which simplifies operation and runs quieter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo I need to buy cleaning fluid separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA 100ml bottle of Pro-Ject's Wash It 2 fluid is included, so you can start right away. You'll need to buy more once that runs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes it plug directly into the wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt runs on a 12V DC power supply that plugs into a standard outlet, similar to many compact audio components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan it clean 7-inch records?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe VC-E Mini is built for standard 12-inch records. Pro-Ject hasn't listed a 7-inch adapter kit for this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat's the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePro-Ject covers the VC-E Mini for two years against manufacturing defects, extendable to three years with product registration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about caring for your vinyl collection, setting up your turntable, or getting the quietest sound from your records? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Pro-Ject","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47175012778157,"sku":"NEW-PRVCEMINI","price":349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/PRVCEMINI_1.jpg?v=1787242915"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-silver-50-8g-bookshelf-speakers","title":"Monitor Audio Silver 50 8G Bookshelf Speakers - Pair","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Six-Inch Driver in a Thirteen-Inch Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Silver 50 8G is the smallest speaker in Monitor Audio’s current Silver range, and it does not act like it. Inside a cabinet just over 13 inches tall sits a 6-inch C-CAM bass and midrange driver, with a 25 mm C-CAM Gold Dome tweeter above it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA single crossover at 2.6 kHz hands off between the two. That keeps the design simple, and it is the reason a two-way this size can sound coherent from a chair a few feet away or across a medium-sized room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eRST III, and Why the Cone Is Dimpled\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe bass and midrange cone uses Rigid Surface Technology III, the third generation of Monitor Audio’s dimpled cone surface. The pattern stiffens the metal so the cone moves as a piston rather than flexing, and a cone that does not flex adds less of its own noise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Numbers, and What They Ask of You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio quotes an in-room response of 43 Hz to 35 kHz at minus 6 dB. Sensitivity is 86.5 dB. Nominal impedance is 8 ohms, with a minimum of 3.8 ohms at 240 Hz, so give the amplifier a little headroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe recommendation is 25 to 100 watts into 8 ohms, or 50 to 200 watts into 4 ohms. Continuous power handling is 100 watts and peak output is quoted at 110 dB. The rear port is tuned to 52 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Port Borrowed From an Owl\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio calls it the Silent Flow port. Its flare is modeled on the interlocking wing feathers that let an owl fly without noise, guiding air smoothly through the opening and cutting the chuffing sound a plain port can make on deep notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Are These Bookshelf Speakers Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour room is small to medium\u003c\/strong\u003e — a compact two-way is easier to place than a floorstander and still reaches 43 Hz, which covers most music without help\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are short on floor space\u003c\/strong\u003e — at 13.2 inches tall these fit a shelf, a credenza or a proper pair of stands, and the Silent Flow port is forgiving of a nearby wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou are building a home theater in stages\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Silver 8G range includes a matching center, on-wall and Atmos model, so this pair can serve as fronts now and surrounds later\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou care how they look\u003c\/strong\u003e — magnetic grilles hide every fixing, and the walnut finish is a real engineered wood veneer rather than a printed wrap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour amplifier has some headroom\u003c\/strong\u003e — 86.5 dB and a 3.8 ohm minimum are not demanding, but they reward one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eintegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e sitting comfortably inside the 25 to 100 watt window rather than at the bottom of it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do They Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSpeaker cable runs from your amplifier to the binding posts on the back of each cabinet, red to red and black to black, with both runs the same length. There is no power lead and nothing to configure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePlacement matters more than wiring with a speaker this size. Get the tweeters near ear height on stands, pull the cabinets a few inches off the wall, and angle them slightly toward your seat. Small moves make big differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWhat finishes the setup. These are the categories most Silver 50 8G owners shop next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-stands\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the single best upgrade for any bookshelf speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIntegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — 25 to 100 watts into 8 ohms is the window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clean, low-loss run, equal lengths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/subwoofers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSubwoofers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — for anything below the 43 Hz mark\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo I need speaker stands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNot strictly, but they help a great deal. Getting the tweeter to ear height and off a resonant shelf improves imaging more than most other upgrades at this level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much amplifier power do they need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio recommends 25 to 100 watts into 8 ohms, or 50 to 200 watts into 4 ohms, with 100 watts of continuous power handling. The 3.8 ohm minimum is mild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow low does the bass go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio specifies 43 Hz in-room at minus 6 dB with the port tuned to 52 Hz. That covers most music, but not the deepest film effects, which is what a subwoofer is for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use them as surround speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. They share voicing with the matching center-channel speaker and the rest of the Silver 8G range, so they work as surrounds or as a front pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow big and heavy are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach cabinet is 13.2 inches tall, 7.3 wide and 13.1 deep with the grille and terminals, and weighs 18 pounds 1 ounce. Finishes are High Gloss Black, European Walnut and Satin White, with a five-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat is the next step up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/products\/monitor-audio-silver-100-8g-bookshelf-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eMonitor Audio Silver 100 8G\u003c\/a\u003e. It is a true three-way with an 8-inch bass driver and a dedicated midrange, and it reaches 33 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio unboxes the Silver Series 8G:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/RQNyksHmq1I\" title=\"Unboxing the NEW Silver Series 8G speakers\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about bookshelf speakers, speaker stand setup, or matching an amplifier to your speakers? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"New \/ European Walnut \/ Pair","offer_id":47175314636973,"sku":"NEW-MRS508G-EURWAL-PR","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Gloss Black \/ Pair","offer_id":47175314669741,"sku":"NEW-MRS508G-GLSBLK-PR","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Gloss Ebony \/ Pair","offer_id":47175314735277,"sku":"NEW-MRS508G-GLSEBO-PR","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"New \/ Satin White \/ Pair","offer_id":47175314702509,"sku":"NEW-MRS508G-SATWHT-PR","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Demo \/ Gloss Ebony \/ Pair","offer_id":47175314866349,"sku":"DEMO-MRS508G-GLSEBO-PR","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRS508G-GLSBLK_3.jpg?v=1787702508"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-silver-300-8g-speaker","title":"Monitor Audio Silver 300 8G Speaker","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Dedicated Driver for Every Part of the Music\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMost floorstanders in this class ask one driver to handle both bass and midrange. The Monitor Audio Silver 300 8G does not. It is a true three-way design, and that is the whole argument for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwin 6-inch C-CAM bass drivers work alongside a dedicated 3-inch C-CAM midrange driver and a 25mm C-CAM Gold Dome tweeter. Crossover points sit at 610 Hz and 3.3 kHz, leaving that midrange driver free to handle voices and instruments without also moving air for the low notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThat matters most on busy music, where a singer and a bass line sharing one driver end up fighting each other. Give each its own cone and the vocal stays put while the bass moves beneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe numbers back the design up: Monitor Audio rates the Silver 300 8G at 30 Hz to 35 kHz in-room at minus 6 dB, with a port tuned to 41 Hz and a maximum peak SPL of 116 dB. The speaker stands about 40 inches tall and weighs 19.3 kg each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Monitor Audio Changed for the Eighth Generation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSilver 8G is not a facelift, because every driver is new. The bass and midrange cones use RST III geometry, the third version of Monitor Audio’s dimpled surface pattern, which stiffens the cone and pushes resonance aside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Gold Dome tweeter is the bigger story. Monitor Audio has built it since 1982. For 8G it gained a vented rear chamber and a shorting ring, both aimed at lowering distortion and reaching further up. It sits in the Uniform Dispersion Waveguide II, which controls how sound spreads across the room rather than beaming it at one seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA new Silent Flow port uses a flared shape borrowed from nature to smooth airflow and cut port noise. The crossover was rebuilt with better parts, and through-bolt bracing ties the drivers to the cabinet while clamping the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnderneath sit new outrigger feet adapted from the Platinum Series. They widen the footprint and adjust from the top, so you can level the speaker without tipping it over to reach a screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Floorstanding Speaker Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners who want real three-way separation\u003c\/strong\u003e — A dedicated midrange driver is rare at this size, and it shows on complex material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners of medium and larger rooms\u003c\/strong\u003e — Twin 6-inch woofers and a 41 Hz port tuning fill space that a standmount cannot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeople building one system for music and movies\u003c\/strong\u003e — Monitor Audio built a matching center, on-wall, and Atmos speaker around this model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone who wants clean looks\u003c\/strong\u003e — Magnetic grilles leave no visible fixings, and the finishes suit a living room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners in small or near-wall rooms\u003c\/strong\u003e — A ported floorstander close to a wall can turn boomy, and the 8G needs breathing space. The Monitor Audio Silver 100 7G bookshelf speaker gives the same house sound in a cabinet that tucks in, over in \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/bookshelf-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eBookshelf Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWiring is simple: run speaker cable from your amplifier to the binding posts on the back, red to red and black to black, then repeat for the second speaker. Sensitivity is 88 dB and impedance drops to 3.9 ohms at 3 kHz, so an amplifier with real current reserves serves better than a modest one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFit the outriggers before you position anything, using the spikes on carpet and the rubber feet on hard floors, then level from the top. Give them room to breathe, and let your ears set the final distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA few good places to look next:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIntegrated Amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Match the recommended power range and you are set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/home-theater-receivers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAV Receivers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — The Silver 300 8G anchors a home theater front stage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker Cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — A low-loss run keeps the three-way design honest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/subwoofers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSubwoofers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — Add one if your room or your movie nights ask for more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much amplifier power does the Silver 300 8G need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio recommends 50 to 200 watts into 8 ohms, or 100 to 400 watts into 4 ohms, and continuous power handling is 200 watts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow low does the bass go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio specifies 30 Hz in-room at minus 6 dB with the port tuned to 41 Hz, which covers almost everything in music.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat size room suits this speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMedium to large, since the cabinet is 40 inches tall with two 6-inch woofers and a small room may struggle to absorb the output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHigh Gloss Black, Satin White, and European Walnut, where the walnut is an engineered wood veneer made from sustainably sourced timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo I still need a subwoofer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eFor music, usually not, though movies with deep effects still benefit from impact below 30 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat warranty does Monitor Audio offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio lists a five-year warranty on its United States product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHi-Fi ROOM asks how close the Silver 300 8G gets to the Gold range above it:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/nKpk5_StdJI\" title=\"Monitor Audio Silver 300 8G Review: Getting Closer to Gold?\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about floorstanding speakers, three-way driver design, or matching an amplifier to your speakers? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"New \/ European Walnut \/ Single","offer_id":47175366738093,"sku":"NEW-MRS3008G-EURWAL-SIN","price":1500.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Gloss Black \/ Single","offer_id":47175366770861,"sku":"NEW-MRS3008G-GLSBLK-SIN","price":1500.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"New \/ Satin White \/ Single","offer_id":47175366803629,"sku":"NEW-MRS3008G-SATWHT-SIN","price":1500.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRS3008G-GLSBLK_2.jpg?v=1787701377"},{"product_id":"bowers-wilkins-fs-805-d4-stand-black-each","title":"Bowers \u0026 Wilkins FS-805 D4 Stand - Black - Each","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGive the 805 D4 the Foundation It Deserves\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Bowers \u0026amp; Wilkins FS-805 D4 is the dedicated floor stand engineered to support one 805 D4 or 805 D4 Signature loudspeaker at the proper listening height. Its substantial construction, secure speaker attachment, concealed cable path, and clean black finish create a stable, purpose-built foundation that looks and performs as though it were part of the speaker itself.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter Support, More Precise Sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA premium stand-mount speaker can only perform as well as its support allows. The FS-805 D4 positions the 805 D4's Diamond Dome tweeter near seated ear level while helping keep the cabinet steady and correctly aligned. That stable platform supports sharper image placement, cleaner bass definition, and a more coherent soundstage by reducing movement and unwanted vibration around the speaker.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIts wide base gives the tall, heavy 805 D4 a confident footprint without visually overwhelming the room. The result is a system that feels more composed both sonically and aesthetically, whether it is used for focused two-channel listening or as part of an 800 Series Diamond home theater.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecommended with the 805 D4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“You'd be well advised to buy the 805 D4's dedicated column stands.” — What Hi-Fi?, 2026\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade to Fit, Built to Stay Put\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike a universal speaker stand, the FS-805 D4 is designed around the dimensions, weight, and mounting provisions of the 805 D4 cabinet. Included hardware secures the loudspeaker directly to the stand, creating a safer and more stable connection than simply resting the speaker on a generic top plate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe column and base provide a rigid support structure, while adjustable floor spikes help level the stand on carpeted surfaces. Protective floor interfaces can be used where appropriate on hard flooring. The column can also be mass-loaded according to the assembly instructions and installer preference, adding weight and stability for even greater resistance to unwanted movement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClean Installation from Every Angle\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAn integrated cable-management path routes speaker wire through the stand for a tidy, finished appearance. With less cable visible between the speaker and floor, the 805 D4's sculpted cabinet remains the visual focus.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe black finish coordinates naturally with dark 805 D4 cabinet finishes and other black components in an 800 Series system. Its proportions complement the loudspeaker rather than competing with it, making the complete speaker-and-stand assembly feel intentional and unified.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt for Stereo and Theater Systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUse a pair beneath the front speakers of a reference two-channel system, or add stands individually when building an 805 D4-based surround system. Because this listing is for one stand, order a quantity of two for a conventional stereo pair.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe FS-805 D4 is specifically intended for the 805 D4 platform, including the 805 D4 Signature. It is not a universal stand and should not be assumed to fit earlier 805 generations or unrelated loudspeakers without confirmed mounting compatibility.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Proper Partner for a Flagship Stand-Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Bowers \u0026amp; Wilkins FS-805 D4 gives the 805 D4 and 805 D4 Signature the height, stability, security, and clean presentation needed to perform at their best.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDedicated floor stand for one Bowers \u0026amp; Wilkins 805 D4 or 805 D4 Signature loudspeaker\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePositions the speaker at an appropriate height for seated listening\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRigid, high-mass construction provides stable loudspeaker support\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeaker bolts directly to the top plate using included mounting hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntegrated cable-management channel keeps speaker wire neatly concealed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMass-loadable column allows additional weight and damping when desired\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable floor spikes aid leveling and stability on carpeted surfaces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProtective floor interfaces accommodate appropriate hard-floor installations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBroad base supports the weight and footprint of the 805 D4 platform\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlack finish visually complements dark 805 D4 and 805 D4 Signature finishes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSold individually; order two stands for a stereo pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Dedicated floor stand for a stand-mount loudspeaker\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Bowers \u0026amp; Wilkins 805 D4 and 805 D4 Signature\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeaker attachment:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Direct bolt-on mounting; hardware included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCable management:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Integrated internal cable-routing channel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMass loading:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Mass-loadable column; follow Bowers \u0026amp; Wilkins assembly instructions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFloor interface:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Adjustable spikes with protective floor interfaces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Aluminum column with substantial base structure\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaximum supported speaker weight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Approximately 34.3 lb. \/ 15.55 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions without floor spikes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Approximately 23.43 in. H x 10.04 in. W x 14.49 in. D \/ 595 x 255 x 368 mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Approximately 29.1 lb. \/ 13.2 kg each\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFinish:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Black\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e One stand\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStereo requirement:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Order two\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLoudspeaker included:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e No\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAmplifier power:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Not applicable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDriver configuration:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Not applicable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFrequency response:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Not applicable; determined by the installed loudspeaker and audio system\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Bowers and Wilkins","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47175370375341,"sku":"NEW-BWFS805D4-BLK-EA","price":860.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/BWFS805D4-BLK-EA_1.jpg?v=1787240444"},{"product_id":"ifi-ac-ipurifier-2-ac-power-filter","title":"iFi AC iPurifier 2 - AC Power Filter","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eA Small Plug That Cleans Up Noisy Household Power\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe iFi AC iPurifier 2 is an AC power filter. It plugs straight into a wall outlet or power strip, working alongside your gear rather than sitting in the signal path. It is the newer version of iFi's original AC iPurifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHousehold wiring picks up electrical noise from dimmers, appliances and anything else on the same circuit. That noise rides along the power line into your system, where the phono stage and the DAC are least able to shake it off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe iPurifier 2 uses a newer version of iFi's Active Noise Cancellation circuit, based on techniques first used in radar systems. It builds an inverted signal that cancels the electrical noise out, rather than merely blocking it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA new filter capacitor improves on the original model. Surge protection is built in as well, so a spike on the line meets something before it meets your amp. Neither part wears out doing the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDiagnostics Built Into the Plug Itself\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eiFi rates the iPurifier 2 to cut measured noise by more than 40dB. That's roughly a hundredfold drop compared to standard filtering. It's also rated to handle surges up to 22,000 amps at 1,000 volts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDiagnostic LEDs check polarity and grounding the moment you plug it in. They can be switched off afterwards, so nothing glows at you during a late-night listen. The filtering carries on either way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYou can use one iPurifier 2 on its own outlet. Or plug in several around your system for broader coverage. Each unit works on its own. So there's no wrong order to add them in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt accepts 90 to 265 volts AC. So one unit works on most household power worldwide. The US version measures about 127 by 40 by 40mm and weighs roughly 127 grams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Filter Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone whose system picks up hum, buzz, or hash from household wiring.\u003c\/strong\u003e Active noise cancellation targets exactly this kind of electrical interference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners building out a full power-conditioning setup.\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple units can be used together on different outlets for broader coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone unsure whether their outlet is wired or grounded correctly.\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in diagnostic LEDs flag common wiring issues right away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShoppers who want surge protection along with noise filtering.\u003c\/strong\u003e It's rated to withstand a genuine power spike, not just everyday line noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou need to treat a whole rack at once\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is a single-outlet filter rather than a multi-outlet conditioner, so a full system wants one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-conditioners\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003epower conditioners\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Do You Use It?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePlug the iPurifier 2 into any open outlet on the same circuit as your system, or directly into a power strip alongside your gear. It doesn't sit in line with any single component's power cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eCheck the diagnostic LEDs after plugging it in. They'll confirm normal operation or flag a wiring, polarity, or grounding issue worth addressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIf hum or buzz persists, iFi's separate Groundhog+ kit adds a dedicated earth connection through the iPurifier 2's grounding port for extra troubleshooting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBuilding your system? Here are some great companions for the iFi AC iPurifier 2:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/power-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePower cables\u003c\/a\u003e to complete a clean, well-grounded power setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e with built-in power strips to plug it into\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/integrated-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eIntegrated amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e and other electronics that benefit most from cleaner power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/digital-to-analog-converters\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eDACs\u003c\/a\u003e and other sensitive digital gear prone to picking up line noise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes this go in line with my component's power cord?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt plugs into its own outlet or power strip slot alongside your gear, rather than sitting between a cord and the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow is this different from the original AC iPurifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe iPurifier 2 uses an upgraded Active Noise Cancellation III circuit, a new filtering capacitor, built-in surge protection, and a redesigned case with dimmable LEDs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use more than one in the same system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. Each unit works independently, so you can add more than one around your system for broader noise filtering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat do the LED indicators tell me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThey flag wiring, polarity, or grounding problems at the outlet. You can also turn them off if you'd rather not see them while listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat's the warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eiFi covers the AC iPurifier 2 for 12 months against manufacturing defects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about cleaning up your system's power, grounding your gear correctly, or getting the quietest possible background? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"iFi Audio","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47175431487661,"sku":"NEW-IFACIPUR2","price":129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/IFACIPUR2_1.jpg?v=1787241772"},{"product_id":"meze-audio-arta-headphones","title":"Meze Audio ARTA Headphones","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eA New Flagship Planar Headphone Built to Sound Like a Speaker System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe ARTA is Meze Audio's new reference open-back planar magnetic headphone, developed over several years with driver specialist Rinaro Isodynamics. It sits above the ELITE and Empyrean II at the top of Meze's lineup, built for listeners who want the scale and dimensionality of a high-end speaker system from a pair of headphones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAt the center of ARTA is the MZ5 HΩ driver, a newly developed High Impedance Isodynamic Hybrid Array. Meze and Rinaro describe it as the highest-impedance planar magnetic driver made to date, at an average of 225 ohms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eA High-Impedance Driver Built for Linearity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMost planar magnetic drivers operate in a low-voltage, high-current mode. The MZ5 HΩ instead runs on high voltage and low current, which Meze says improves electrical linearity across the audible range while reducing heat and stress on the diaphragm. The result, per the manufacturer, is very low distortion (THD under 0.05%) and consistent performance even at higher listening volumes, rated for a frequency range of 3Hz to 115kHz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eOpen-Back Design Tuned for Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eARTA's earcup grilles use angled acoustic blades designed to diffuse rear-wave reflections, aiming for cleaner transients and a more open, natural soundstage. Meze describes the overall tuning as warm-neutral, with a presentation intended to place instruments and vocals in distinct positions rather than compressing them together, similar in spirit to a well-set-up speaker system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eTwo Earpad Sets for Two Presentations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eARTA ships with two magnetically attached earpad sets: Duo Angled pads, combining perforated lambskin leather and Alcantara for a richer, more impactful presentation, and Slim Alcantara pads, using inner-chamber perforations for a smoother, more neutral upper-frequency balance. Swapping between them takes seconds and lets you tailor the sound without changing headphones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eBuilt to Be Serviced, Not Replaced\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eARTA is hand-assembled in Baia Mare, Romania, from precision metals, carbon fiber, and leather, with a fully modular construction Meze states can be disassembled, serviced, or have parts replaced over time rather than discarded. It ships with a 2-year warranty, extendable to 4 years total when registered through My Meze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Meze Audio ARTA Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want a true reference headphone, not a portable one.\u003c\/strong\u003e ARTA is an open-back, desktop-focused design built for dedicated critical listening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou already own, or plan to buy, a capable desktop headphone amplifier.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 225 ohms and 98dB sensitivity, Meze recommends at least 200mW and ideally 500mW+ to drive it properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want tuning flexibility without buying aftermarket pads.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two earpad sets are included, giving you a richer or more neutral presentation on demand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou value long-term serviceability over disposable gear.\u003c\/strong\u003e ARTA's modular design and extendable 4-year warranty are built around keeping the headphone, not replacing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e ARTA is brand new as of mid-2026, so independent, hands-on reviews are still limited; the sonic claims here reflect Meze's own description and early impressions from its High End Vienna debut rather than a wide body of independent testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eARTA connects via dual 4-pin mini-XLR connectors at the earcups. Two 2-meter silver-plated LC-OFC cables are included: one terminated in a 6.3mm single-ended plug, and one in a balanced 4-pin XLR connector, so it works with both single-ended and balanced headphone amplifiers. Included in the box: the ARTA headphones, both cables, the Duo Angled and Slim Alcantara earpad sets, and a high-strength ABS carrying case with foam inserts and a leather handle. A desktop DAC\/headphone amplifier is required and sold separately; Meze recommends a high-voltage-capable amp to get the most from the 225-ohm driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMZ5 HΩ High-Impedance Driver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA newly developed 225-ohm planar driver designed for exceptional linearity, low distortion, and thermal stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAngled Acoustic Blade Grille\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDiffuses rear-wave reflections in the open-back design for cleaner transients and a more spacious soundstage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Included Earpad Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSwap between Duo Angled (richer) and Slim Alcantara (more neutral) pads to tune the sound to your taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced and Single-Ended Cables Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo 2m silver-plated LC-OFC cables cover both 6.3mm single-ended and 4-pin XLR balanced connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFully Modular, Serviceable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery component can be disassembled, serviced, or replaced, backed by an extendable 4-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHand-Assembled in Romania\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBuilt from precision metals, carbon fiber, and leather at Meze's Baia Mare workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: open-back, over-ear planar magnetic headphone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver: Rinaro MZ5 HΩ High Impedance Isodynamic Hybrid Array\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpedance: 225 Ω average\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensitivity: 98dB SPL\/mW (at 1kHz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum SPL: greater than 130dB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency range: 3Hz – 115kHz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTHD: less than 0.05%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended amplification: minimum 200mW @ 225Ω, 500mW+ recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput connector: dual 4-pin mini-XLR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCables included: 2m (6.6ft) silver-plated LC-OFC, 6.3mm single-ended and 4-pin XLR balanced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEarpads included: Duo Angled (lambskin\/Alcantara), Slim Alcantara\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 495g (without cables)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: precision metals, carbon fiber, leather; fully modular and serviceable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: headphones, 2 cables, 2 earpad sets, high-strength ABS carrying case, manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: 2 years standard, extendable to 4 years when registered via My Meze\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: hand-assembled in Baia Mare, Romania\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice: $6,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need a special amplifier for the ARTA?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, a capable one. At 225 ohms impedance, ARTA is designed for desktop DAC\/amp setups and performs best with a high-voltage-capable headphone amplifier delivering at least 200mW, ideally 500mW or more, at 225 ohms. It is not intended to be driven well from a phone or basic dongle DAC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhat's the difference between the two included earpads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Duo Angled pads combine perforated lambskin leather and Alcantara for a richer, more impactful presentation. The Slim Alcantara pads use inner-chamber perforations for a smoother, more neutral upper-frequency balance. Both attach magnetically, so switching between them is quick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I use both a balanced and single-ended amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. ARTA includes one 6.3mm single-ended cable and one balanced 4-pin XLR cable, both terminating at dual 4-pin mini-XLR connectors on the headphone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs this an open-back or closed-back headphone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOpen-back. This supports the spacious, speaker-like soundstage ARTA is built around, but it also means sound leaks in both directions, so it's best suited to a quiet, dedicated listening space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eAre independent reviews available yet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eARTA is a newly launched flagship, first shown at High End Vienna 2026, so independent long-term reviews are still limited at this time. Early hands-on impressions from the show have been positive, but we'd recommend checking for updated reviews as more become available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Meze Audio","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47175444660397,"sku":"NEW-MZARTA","price":6000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MZARTA_2.jpg?v=1786732247"},{"product_id":"focal-omada-center-channel-speaker-gloss-black","title":"Focal Omada Center Channel Speaker - Gloss Black","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eClear, Natural Dialogue For Your Home Theater\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Omada Center is a two-way, passive center channel speaker built for home theater systems with an amplifier or AV receiver already in place. It carries the dialogue, sound effects, and on-screen action that anchor movies and shows to your display, and it shares driver technology with Focal's Omada floorstanding and bookshelf speakers, so tone stays consistent as sound moves across your front soundstage. It's one of four models in the Omada line — alongside the N°1 bookshelf and the N°3 and N°4 floorstanders — built to complete a multi-channel system rather than stand alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eTwo Slatefiber Drivers Keep Voices Clear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo 6.5-inch Slatefiber midbass drivers flank Focal's 1-inch TAM tweeter in a two-way layout. Slatefiber is Focal's own cone material, made from recycled carbon fibers bonded between layers of thermoplastic polymer, chosen for stiffness and damping. The TAM tweeter uses an aluminum\/magnesium \"M\"-shaped inverted dome with a urethane waveguide — the same tweeter platform found in Focal's step-up Vestia and Aria Evo X ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eRear-Ported Bass Reflex Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA bass-reflex enclosure with two rear ports extends response down to a 50 Hz low-frequency point, with a stated range of 58 Hz to 30 kHz (±3 dB). At 91.5 dB sensitivity and a recommended amplifier power of 40 to 200 watts, it works with most AV receivers and integrated amplifiers without needing an unusually powerful amp channel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eTilted Base Aims Sound Toward Your Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA tilted base ships with the Omada Center, angling the cabinet so sound projects toward ear level on a media console below your screen. Focal also offers an optional 45 cm stand for improved time alignment and placement flexibility when the speaker isn't resting on furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Focal Omada Center Channel Speaker Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilding a Focal Omada system.\u003c\/strong\u003e Matches tonally with the Omada N°1, N°3, and N°4, so dialogue and effects sound consistent across the front soundstage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou already have an AV receiver or amplifier.\u003c\/strong\u003e This passive speaker needs an external amp channel rated 40–200 watts into 8 ohms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have room near your screen.\u003c\/strong\u003e The included tilted base suits a media console near screen height; for other placements, the optional 45 cm stand fits better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want dialogue clarity, not a stereo upgrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for the center channel role in multi-channel setups only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e sold individually, with no amplifier, AV receiver, or speaker cables included — budget for those separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Omada Center connects to an AV receiver or amplifier's center-channel output using a single pair of speaker-cable binding posts — no digital connection, app, or subscription required. It is a passive design and will not produce sound on its own; you'll need an amplifier or AV receiver with an available center-channel output rated for an 8-ohm speaker. Included in the box: the speaker, tilted base, spikes, bumpers, magnetic grille, and a printed quick-start guide. Speaker cable, a mounting stand, and amplification are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwin Slatefiber Midbass Drivers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo 6.5-inch cones made from recycled carbon fiber deliver low-coloration midrange and bass without added cabinet size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTAM Tweeter with Urethane Waveguide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFocal's aluminum\/magnesium \"M\"-dome tweeter, adapted from its higher-end ranges, spreads treble evenly across a wide listening area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear Dual-Port Bass Reflex Enclosure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo rear ports extend bass response to a 50 Hz low-frequency point without requiring a larger cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Tilted Base\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAngles the cabinet toward listener ear height when placed on a media console below your screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTonal Match Across the Omada Line\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShares driver technology with the Omada N°1, N°3, and N°4, so sound stays consistent as it pans across channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in France\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDesigned and built in Focal's own workshops in Saint-Étienne, France.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: 2-way passive bass-reflex center channel speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as: each (one speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrivers: 2 × 6.5″ (16.5 cm) Slatefiber midbass cones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTweeter: 1″ (25 mm) TAM aluminum\/magnesium inverted dome with urethane waveguide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency response: 58 Hz – 30 kHz (±3 dB)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-frequency point: 50 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensitivity: 91.5 dB (2.83V \/ 1m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNominal impedance: 8 Ω\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrossover frequency: 2.7 kHz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended amplifier power: 40 – 200 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnections: single pair of speaker-cable binding posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: tilted base, spikes, bumpers, magnetic grille, quick-start guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional accessory: 45 cm dedicated stand (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (H × W × D): 21.6 × 53.7 × 25.9 cm (8.5″ × 21.1″ × 10.2″)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 10 kg (22 lbs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black High Gloss side panels with leather-effect front panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCountry of origin: Made in France (Focal's Saint-Étienne workshops)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need an amplifier to use the Omada Center?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. This is a passive speaker with no built-in amplification. Connect it to an available center-channel output on your AV receiver or amplifier, ideally one delivering between 40 and 200 watts into 8 ohms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWill the Omada Center match my Omada N°1, N°3, or N°4 speakers tonally?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. It shares the same Slatefiber driver material and TAM tweeter as the rest of the Omada line, so dialogue and effects should sound consistent as they move between channels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDoes it come with a stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt ships with a tilted base built for placement on a media console or shelf near screen height. A separate 45 cm stand is available from Focal if you need to position it elsewhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Omada Center sold as a single speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. It's sold individually as one center channel speaker, since most home theater systems only need one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhat's the most common setup mistake to avoid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePlacing the Omada Center well below or above screen height without adjusting for it. Use the included tilted base, or the optional stand, to keep dialogue aimed at your seating position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Focal","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47175464911021,"sku":"NEW-FLOMADACC-GLSBLK","price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/FLOMADACC-GLSBLK-1.jpg?v=1786677283"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-vestra-w15-subwoofer","title":"Monitor Audio Vestra W15 Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDeep, Room-Filling Bass From a 15-Inch Powered Subwoofer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Vestra W15 is Monitor Audio's flagship model in its Vestra subwoofer line, built for home theater rooms and stereo systems that need real low-end scale. It houses a 15-inch driver and a 500-watt Class-D amplifier in a single ported enclosure, so it powers itself — connect it to your AV receiver or amplifier's subwoofer output and it handles the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOf the three Vestra models, the W15 is the only ported design, giving it deeper low-frequency extension than the sealed W10 and W12. That makes it the choice for larger rooms or listeners who want the most bass reach the Vestra line offers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eA Driver Built to Move Serious Air\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe 15-inch cone uses Monitor Audio's C-CAM (Ceramic-Coated Aluminum\/Magnesium) material with triple-layer suspension, paired with a long, wound copper voice coil for a stronger magnetic field. Together, these are designed to keep the driver controlled at high excursion, so bass stays defined rather than turning to mush at higher volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003ePorted Design Reaches Deeper\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo rear ports extend the W15's low end to a measured 17 Hz in-room response (-6dB), with a peak output of 117 dB. That is deep enough to reproduce the lowest movie effects and organ or synth bass notes that many subwoofers roll off before you can feel them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSimple Controls, No App Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe W15 skips app control in favor of physical dials and switches: a volume knob, a low-pass crossover dial (32 Hz to 200 Hz, with an LFE bypass setting), a 0\/180-degree phase switch, and three EQ presets (Impact, Movie, Music) for different content. An Auto\/Always On toggle lets it wake on signal and drop to standby after 20 minutes of silence, or stay powered on if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Monitor Audio Vestra W15 Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a large room to fill.\u003c\/strong\u003e The W15's ported design and 500-watt amp are built for bigger spaces where a smaller sealed subwoofer would run out of headroom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want deep extension for movies.\u003c\/strong\u003e A measured 17 Hz in-room response covers the lowest effects most home systems miss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou prefer physical controls over an app.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything — volume, crossover, phase, and EQ mode — is set from the rear panel; there is no companion app or remote.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have floor space to spare.\u003c\/strong\u003e At roughly 21 inches on every side and 30.3 kg (66.8 lbs), the W15 has a large footprint and is not easily hidden or moved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e there are no balanced XLR connections, only unbalanced RCA stereo and LFE inputs, which is worth knowing if your system runs long balanced cable runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe W15 connects using stereo unbalanced RCA inputs or a dedicated LFE RCA input from your AV receiver, processor, or amplifier's subwoofer pre-out. A 12V trigger input (cable included) lets a receiver or processor turn the sub on and off automatically. Because it is self-powered, no external amplifier is needed for the subwoofer itself. Included in the box: the Vestra W15 subwoofer, a 12V trigger cable, an AC power cable, and a printed manual. The unit ships heavy; Monitor Audio recommends turning the box upside down before unpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15-Inch C-CAM Driver with Triple Suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA large, ceramic-coated aluminum\/magnesium cone with a reinforced suspension stays controlled at high excursion for cleaner, more defined bass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e500-Watt Class-D Amplifier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dedicated, driver-matched amp module provides ample power for large rooms without excess heat or size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePorted Enclosure to 17 Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDual rear ports extend in-room response to a measured 17 Hz (-6dB), deeper than the sealed W10 and W12 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree EQ Presets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eImpact, Movie, and Music modes tailor the response to different content without needing an app or remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0\/180-Degree Phase Switch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCorrects bass timing relative to your main speakers depending on where the subwoofer sits in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V Trigger Input\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLets a receiver or processor power the subwoofer on and off automatically; cable is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: powered, ported-enclosure subwoofer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as: each (one subwoofer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver: 15″ C-CAM (Ceramic-Coated Aluminum\/Magnesium), triple-layer suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmplifier: 500W Class-D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-room frequency response: 17 Hz – 200 Hz (-6dB)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeak SPL: 117 dB (CTA-2010-B, Z-weighted, half-space)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-pass crossover: variable, 32 Hz – 200 Hz, with LFE bypass setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEQ presets: Impact, Movie, Music\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhase control: 0° \/ 180° switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower modes: Auto (20-minute standby timeout) or Always On\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInputs: stereo unbalanced RCA, dedicated LFE unbalanced RCA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger: 12V trigger input (cable included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosure: MDF, 15mm reinforced bracing, 21mm front baffle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: 4 rubber hemispherical feet (no spikes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: subwoofer, 12V trigger cable, AC power cable, manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (H × W × D): 54 × 52.6 × 55.6 cm (21.3″ × 20.7″ × 21.9″)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 30.3 kg (66.8 lbs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: matte vinyl, Black or White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eAwards \u0026amp; Expert Reviews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAVForums reviewer Martin Dew scored the Vestra W15 9 out of 10 and awarded it a Highly Recommended badge, calling it \"an excellent budget-mid-price subwoofer\" with a \"vast, open soundstage\" on both movies and music. The review's main caveats were the large floor footprint and the lack of balanced XLR inputs for long cable runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need a separate amplifier for the W15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The W15 is a powered subwoofer with a built-in 500-watt amplifier. Just connect it to your AV receiver, processor, or amplifier's subwoofer output using RCA cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eHow is the W15 different from the Vestra W10 and W12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe W10 and W12 use smaller drivers (10″ and 12″) in sealed enclosures for tighter, more placement-flexible bass. The W15 uses a larger 15″ driver in a ported enclosure, extending low-frequency reach further at the cost of a larger cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDoes it have an app or remote control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. All settings, including volume, crossover, phase, and EQ preset, are adjusted using physical controls on the rear panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I use more than one W15 in the same room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. Multiple subwoofers can smooth out bass response across different seating positions. Given the W15's size and weight, confirm you have room for more than one before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhat's the most common setup mistake to avoid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLeaving the crossover or phase switch at default settings without testing alternatives. Small adjustments to phase and crossover point can meaningfully change how well the W15 blends with your main speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"White \/ New","offer_id":47169114079405,"sku":"NEW-MRVESW15-WHT","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47174885867693,"sku":"NEW-MRVESW15-BLK","price":1429.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRVESW15-BLK_4.jpg?v=1786677982"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-vestra-w12-subwoofer","title":"Monitor Audio Vestra W12 Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eControlled, Accurate Bass From a Compact Sealed Subwoofer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Vestra W12 sits in the middle of Monitor Audio's three-model Vestra subwoofer line, built for stereo and home theater systems that want deep, precise bass without the largest possible footprint. It houses a 12-inch driver and a 500-watt Class-D amplifier in a single sealed enclosure, so it's self-powered — connect it to your AV receiver or amplifier's subwoofer output and it does the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUnlike the flagship W15, which uses a ported cabinet for maximum output, the W12 (like the smaller W10) uses a sealed design. Sealed enclosures generally offer tighter, more placement-flexible bass, at the cost of a bit less ultimate output and extension than a ported design of similar size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eA Driver Built for Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe 12-inch cone uses Monitor Audio's C-CAM (Ceramic-Coated Aluminum\/Magnesium) material with triple-layer suspension, the same driver technology used across the Vestra line. This construction is designed to resist flexing at high excursion, so bass stays defined rather than smearing together at higher volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSealed Design Reaches Deep in a Smaller Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio rates the W12's in-room response at 17 Hz (-6dB), with a peak output of 115 dB. Independent testing by The Ear measured a closer-to-typical 21 Hz (-6dB) extension in their listening room — still deep, and a reminder that in-room results vary with placement and room size. Either way, the W12 reaches well into the range most home theater and music bass content occupies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSimple Controls, No App Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLike the rest of the Vestra line, the W12 skips app control in favor of physical dials and switches: a volume knob, a low-pass crossover dial (32 Hz to 200 Hz, with an LFE bypass setting), a 0\/180-degree phase switch, and three EQ presets (Impact, Movie, Music) for different content. An Auto\/Always On toggle lets it wake on signal and drop to standby after inactivity, or stay powered on if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Monitor Audio Vestra W12 Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want deep bass without the W15's footprint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The W12's sealed cabinet is noticeably smaller and lighter than the flagship W15, while still reaching well below 25 Hz.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou value placement flexibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Sealed enclosures are generally more forgiving of placement than ported designs, which can help in rooms with limited options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou prefer physical controls over an app.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything — volume, crossover, phase, and EQ mode — is set from the rear panel; there is no companion app or remote.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou're comparing it to the W15.\u003c\/strong\u003e If you need the absolute deepest extension and highest output for a large room, the ported W15 is the better fit; the W12 trades a bit of extension for a smaller cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e there are no balanced XLR connections, only unbalanced RCA stereo and LFE inputs, which is worth knowing if your system runs long balanced cable runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe W12 connects using stereo unbalanced RCA inputs or a dedicated LFE RCA input from your AV receiver, processor, or amplifier's subwoofer pre-out. A 12V trigger input (3.5mm mono jack) lets a receiver or processor turn the sub on and off automatically. Because it is self-powered, no external amplifier is needed for the subwoofer itself. Included in the box: the Vestra W12 subwoofer, an AC power cable, and a printed manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12-Inch C-CAM Driver with Triple Suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA ceramic-coated aluminum\/magnesium cone with a reinforced suspension stays controlled at high excursion for cleaner, more defined bass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e500-Watt Class-D Amplifier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dedicated, driver-matched amp module provides ample power for small to mid-sized rooms without excess heat or size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSealed Enclosure for Placement Flexibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA rigid sealed cabinet delivers tight, controlled bass and is generally more forgiving of room placement than a ported design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree EQ Presets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eImpact, Movie, and Music modes tailor the response to different content without needing an app or remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0\/180-Degree Phase Switch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCorrects bass timing relative to your main speakers depending on where the subwoofer sits in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V Trigger Input\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLets a receiver or processor power the subwoofer on and off automatically via a 3.5mm mono jack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: powered, sealed-enclosure subwoofer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as: each (one subwoofer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver: 12″ (305mm) C-CAM (Ceramic-Coated Aluminum\/Magnesium), triple-layer suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmplifier: 500W Class-D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-room frequency response (manufacturer): 17 Hz – 200 Hz (-6dB)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeak SPL: 115 dB (CTA-2010-B, Z-weighted, half-space)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-pass crossover: variable, 32 Hz – 200 Hz, with LFE bypass setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEQ presets: Impact, Movie, Music\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhase control: 0° \/ 180° switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower modes: Auto (standby timeout) or Always On\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInputs: stereo unbalanced RCA, dedicated LFE unbalanced RCA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger: 12V trigger input, 3.5mm mono jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: rubber (no spikes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: subwoofer, AC power cable, manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (H × W × D): 38.4 × 37.0 × 40.2 cm (15.1″ × 14.6″ × 15.8″)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 18.3 kg (40.3 lbs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: matte vinyl, Black or White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need a separate amplifier for the W12?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The W12 is a powered subwoofer with a built-in 500-watt amplifier. Just connect it to your AV receiver, processor, or amplifier's subwoofer output using RCA cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eHow is the W12 different from the Vestra W15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe W15 uses a larger 15″ driver in a ported enclosure for maximum extension and output in bigger rooms. The W12 uses a 12″ driver in a sealed enclosure, trading a little extension and output for a smaller, more placement-flexible cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDoes it have an app or remote control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. All settings, including volume, crossover, phase, and EQ preset, are adjusted using physical controls on the rear panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I use more than one W12 in the same room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. Multiple subwoofers can smooth out bass response across different seating positions, and the W12's smaller footprint makes a pair easier to fit than two W15s.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhat's the most common setup mistake to avoid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLeaving the crossover or phase switch at default settings without testing alternatives. Small adjustments to phase and crossover point can meaningfully change how well the W12 blends with your main speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47171142123693,"sku":"NEW-MRVESW12-BLK","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRVESW12-BLK_6.jpg?v=1786678903"},{"product_id":"monitor-audio-vestra-w10-subwoofer","title":"Monitor Audio Vestra W10 Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCompact, Controlled Bass for Smaller Rooms and Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Vestra W10 is the entry point into Monitor Audio's Vestra subwoofer line, built for stereo systems and home theater setups that want real low-end without a large cabinet. It houses a 10-inch driver and a 250-watt Class-D amplifier in a single sealed enclosure, so it's self-powered — connect it to your AV receiver or amplifier's subwoofer output and it does the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLike the mid-range W12, the W10 uses a sealed cabinet rather than the ported design found on the flagship W15. Sealed enclosures tend to offer tighter, more placement-flexible bass, which pairs well with the W10's smaller footprint and lower price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eA Driver Sized for Its Amplifier\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe 10-inch cone uses Monitor Audio's C-CAM (Ceramic-Coated Aluminum\/Magnesium) material with a high linear-excursion motor system, the same driver technology used across the Vestra line. The 250-watt amplifier and power supply are specifically matched to this smaller driver, rather than a scaled-down version of the 500-watt module used in the W12 and W15.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDeep Bass in a Small Cabinet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMonitor Audio rates the W10's in-room response at 19 Hz (-6dB), with a peak output of 111 dB. That's a meaningful step down in ultimate output from the larger W12 and W15, but still deep enough to add real weight to music and movies in small to mid-sized rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSimple Controls, No App Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLike the rest of the Vestra line, the W10 skips app control in favor of physical dials and switches: a volume knob, a low-pass crossover dial (32 Hz to 200 Hz, with an LFE bypass setting), a 0\/180-degree phase switch, and three EQ presets (Impact, Movie, Music) for different content. An Auto\/Always On toggle lets it wake on signal and drop to standby after inactivity, or stay powered on if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the Monitor Audio Vestra W10 Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a smaller room or system.\u003c\/strong\u003e The W10 is the most compact Vestra model, roughly 13-14 inches on each side, and the easiest to place in tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou're on a tighter budget.\u003c\/strong\u003e As the entry point into the Vestra line, the W10 offers Monitor Audio's C-CAM driver technology and DSP presets at a lower price than the W12 or W15.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou prefer physical controls over an app.\u003c\/strong\u003e Everything — volume, crossover, phase, and EQ mode — is set from the rear panel; there is no companion app or remote.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou're comparing it to the W12 or W15.\u003c\/strong\u003e If you need deeper extension or higher output for a larger room, the W12 or W15 will get you there; the W10 trades some of that headroom for a smaller cabinet and lower price.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e there are no balanced XLR connections, only unbalanced RCA stereo and LFE inputs, which is worth knowing if your system runs long balanced cable runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe W10 connects using stereo unbalanced RCA inputs or a dedicated LFE RCA input from your AV receiver, processor, or amplifier's subwoofer pre-out. A 12V trigger input (3.5mm mono jack) lets a receiver or processor turn the sub on and off automatically. Because it is self-powered, no external amplifier is needed for the subwoofer itself. Included in the box: the Vestra W10 subwoofer, an AC power cable, and a printed manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10-Inch C-CAM Driver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA ceramic-coated aluminum\/magnesium cone with a high linear-excursion motor system stays controlled for cleaner, more defined bass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e250-Watt Class-D Amplifier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dedicated amp module and power supply, matched specifically to the 10-inch driver, provide efficient power for smaller rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSealed Enclosure for Placement Flexibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA rigid sealed cabinet delivers tight, controlled bass and is generally more forgiving of room placement than a ported design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree EQ Presets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eImpact, Movie, and Music modes tailor the response to different content without needing an app or remote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0\/180-Degree Phase Switch\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCorrects bass timing relative to your main speakers depending on where the subwoofer sits in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V Trigger Input\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLets a receiver or processor power the subwoofer on and off automatically via a 3.5mm mono jack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: powered, sealed-enclosure subwoofer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as: each (one subwoofer)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver: 10″ (254mm) C-CAM (Ceramic-Coated Aluminum\/Magnesium), high linear-excursion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmplifier: 250W Class-D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-room frequency response (manufacturer): 19 Hz – 200 Hz (-6dB)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeak SPL: 111 dB (CTA-2010-B, Z-weighted, half-space)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-pass crossover: variable, 32 Hz – 200 Hz, with LFE bypass setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEQ presets: Impact, Movie, Music\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhase control: 0° \/ 180° switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower modes: Auto (line level \u0026gt;3mV on, standby after 20 min) or Always On\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInputs: stereo unbalanced RCA, dedicated LFE unbalanced RCA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger: 12V trigger input, 3.5mm mono jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrille: cloth-covered, pin-mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: rubber domed feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: subwoofer, AC power cable, manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (H × W × D): 344 × 330 × 360 mm (13.5″ × 13″ × 14.2″)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 13.3 kg (29.3 lbs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: matte vinyl, Black or White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eAwards \u0026amp; Expert Reviews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eUK outlet Audiograde awarded the Vestra W10 a \"Best Value\" badge, with reviewer Andrew Simpson calling it \"a great value sub that will delight music and movie fans alike,\" and recommending it for \"smaller to medium sized rooms and systems looking for extra low-end oomph without having to break the bank.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need a separate amplifier for the W10?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The W10 is a powered subwoofer with a built-in 250-watt amplifier. Just connect it to your AV receiver, processor, or amplifier's subwoofer output using RCA cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eHow is the W10 different from the Vestra W12 and W15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe W10 uses a smaller 10″ driver and a 250-watt amplifier, versus the 12″ driver and 500-watt amplifier in the W12, and the 15″ ported W15. The W10 is the most compact and affordable of the three, trading some extension and output for size and price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDoes it have an app or remote control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. All settings, including volume, crossover, phase, and EQ preset, are adjusted using physical controls on the rear panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I use more than one W10 in the same room?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. Multiple subwoofers can smooth out bass response across different seating positions, and the W10's compact size makes a pair easy to fit in most rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhat's the most common setup mistake to avoid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eLeaving the crossover or phase switch at default settings without testing alternatives. Small adjustments to phase and crossover point can meaningfully change how well the W10 blends with your main speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Monitor Audio","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47175198113965,"sku":"NEW-MRVESW10-BLK","price":979.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ New","offer_id":47171381330093,"sku":"NEW-MRVESW10-WHT","price":979.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MRVESW10-BLK_7.jpg?v=1786679665"},{"product_id":"psb-iq1-bluos-streaming-powered-speakers","title":"PSB iQ1 BluOS Streaming Powered Speakers","description":"\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eA Complete Stereo System With Streaming, Power, and a Phono Input Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe iQ1 is the entry point into PSB's iQ Series of BluOS streaming powered speakers, giving you dedicated left and right channel amplification, a high-resolution DAC, and network streaming in a single pair of compact cabinets. There's no separate amplifier, receiver, or streamer to add; connect power and a source, and the pair is ready to play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eIt's built for listeners who want real stereo sound at a desk, on a shelf, or in a smaller living space, without assembling a system of separate boxes. The step-up iQ2 adds a wireless speaker link and more finish options; the iQ1 covers the same core feature set at a lower price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003e270 Watts Behind a Compact Two-Way Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach speaker pairs a 0.75-inch aluminum-dome tweeter (with ferrofluid cooling and a neodymium magnet) with a 4-inch polypropylene mid-bass driver in a bass-reflex enclosure. The tweeter gets 45 watts and the woofer 90 watts per speaker, for 270 watts of total system power from dual power supplies. PSB rates the pair's frequency response at 64Hz to 20kHz (±3dB on-axis), with output extending to 35Hz at -10dB.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eBluOS Streaming and Multi-Room Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe iQ1 runs on the established BluOS platform, with direct launch support for Spotify Connect, TIDAL Connect, and Qobuz Connect, plus access to more than 20 additional streaming services and internet radio through the BluOS Controller app (Apple Music is not currently supported). The internal DAC handles local network files up to 24-bit\/192kHz. As your system grows, BluOS lets you group the iQ1 with dozens of other compatible players from PSB, NAD, DALI, and Bluesound throughout your home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWired Inputs for TV, Turntable, and More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe primary speaker's input panel includes HDMI eARC, optical digital, USB-C and USB-A, Ethernet, and a combined phono\/line-level RCA input (switchable in the BluOS app) for a turntable or another analog source. A subwoofer output is also available for deeper bass than the built-in woofers provide. One important note: a recent professional review of the shared iQ1\/iQ2 platform found the HDMI eARC connection to TVs inconsistent, with intermittent dropouts. PSB has acknowledged this as a known issue with a firmware fix in progress; if TV sound is your main use case, check current firmware status before relying on eARC as your primary connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eIs the PSB iQ1 Right for You?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want one compact system for music, without a rack of components.\u003c\/strong\u003e Amplification, DAC, and streaming are all built in, so you only need a source and power outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou stream from Spotify, TIDAL, or Qobuz.\u003c\/strong\u003e All three connect directly, alongside 20-plus additional services through the BluOS app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want to add a turntable eventually.\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in phono\/line input accepts a moving-magnet cartridge directly, though a dedicated external phono preamp may outperform it for critical vinyl listening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou're building a BluOS multi-room system.\u003c\/strong\u003e The iQ1 groups easily with other BluOS-compatible speakers and players around your home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e a professional review of this shared iQ1\/iQ2 platform reported inconsistent HDMI eARC performance with some TVs. If your main goal is TV sound, confirm the current firmware status before treating eARC as your primary connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSetup, Compatibility \u0026amp; What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe iQ1's left and right speakers connect to each other using a single included wired cable, and each speaker plugs into its own power outlet. Initial setup is handled through the BluOS Controller app (iOS, Android, macOS, or Windows), which also manages input selection and streaming; there is no dedicated remote control included, and no dedicated room calibration or EQ. A wired Ethernet connection is recommended over Wi-Fi where possible for the most stable network performance. If you plan to use the HDMI eARC input as your primary TV connection, check PSB's current firmware notes first, since a known eARC reliability issue was reported in recent professional testing and a fix was still in progress at the time of writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e270 Watts of Class D Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDual power supplies drive dedicated tweeter and woofer amplifiers in each speaker for a claimed 270 watts total.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In BluOS Streaming\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDirect Spotify Connect, TIDAL Connect, and Qobuz Connect launch, plus 20-plus more services through the BluOS app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhono\/Line RCA Input\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConnect a turntable with a moving-magnet cartridge, or another analog source, through a single switchable input.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHDMI eARC and Optical Inputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConnect a TV or disc player directly — see the compatibility note above regarding a known eARC firmware issue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Room Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGroup with other BluOS-compatible speakers and players from PSB, NAD, DALI, and Bluesound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.45em 0;line-height:1.5;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact, Two-Finish Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAvailable in Black or White vinyl, sized to fit a desk, shelf, or media console.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: powered, bass-reflex 2-way streaming speaker pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as: pair (primary speaker houses main connectivity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTweeter: 3\/4″ (19mm) aluminum dome, ferrofluid-cooled, neodymium magnet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWoofer: 4″ (100mm) polypropylene cone, rubber surround, steel basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmplifier power: 45W tweeter + 90W woofer per speaker; 270W total system power (dual PSU)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency response: 64Hz – 20kHz (±3dB on-axis); LF cutoff 35Hz (-10dB)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInputs: HDMI eARC, optical digital, USB-C, USB-A, Ethernet, combined phono (MM)\/line RCA input\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWireless: BluOS, Bluetooth aptX Adaptive, Apple AirPlay 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreaming: Spotify Connect, TIDAL Connect, Qobuz Connect (direct), 20+ services via BluOS app, internet radio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDAC resolution: local network files up to 24-bit\/192kHz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutputs: subwoofer output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: BluOS Controller app; basic play\/pause and volume touch controls on primary speaker; no remote included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: MDF cabinet and front baffle, aluminum rear baffle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D, per speaker): 5.7 × 9.7 × 7.6 in (145 × 246 × 192mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 16.2 lbs (7.36kg) per pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black or White vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eAwards \u0026amp; Expert Reviews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEcoustics tested the shared iQ1\/iQ2 platform (hands-on primarily with the iQ2) and praised its \"smooth and natural tonal balance,\" \"good instrumental separation,\" and \"powerful bass for their size,\" while noting BluOS's stable multi-room support. The review's significant caveat was inconsistent HDMI eARC performance connecting to TVs, describing it as the platform's \"fatal flaw\" and stating the reviewer could not recommend the iQ1 or iQ2 \"until PSB Speakers can ensure simple, reliable connections for all your components.\" PSB has acknowledged the issue and has a firmware fix in progress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDo I need a separate amplifier or receiver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The iQ1 has amplification, a DAC, and streaming built into the speakers. Just connect power and a source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDoes the HDMI eARC connection to my TV work reliably?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA recent professional review of the shared iQ1\/iQ2 platform reported inconsistent eARC performance, including audio dropouts, across multiple TVs. PSB has acknowledged this as a known issue and has a firmware fix in progress. If TV sound is your main use case, check current firmware notes before relying on eARC as your primary connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eCan I connect a turntable directly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, if it uses a moving-magnet cartridge. The combined phono\/line RCA input accepts a turntable directly, though a dedicated external phono preamp may give better results for critical vinyl listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eHow is the iQ1 different from the iQ2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe iQ1 and iQ2 share the same drivers, amplifier power, and core connectivity. The iQ2 adds a wireless link between the left and right speakers (versus the iQ1's wired cable), a more refined cabinet finish, and additional color options, at a higher price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eDoes it come with a remote control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eNo. The iQ1 is controlled through the BluOS Controller app, with basic play\/pause and volume touch controls on top of the primary speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e – Helping music lovers build better systems since 1981.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e – Hear it in your own system with confidence.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Product Experts\u003c\/strong\u003e – Friendly advice before and after your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e – On qualifying orders over $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Financing\u003c\/strong\u003e – Convenient payment options available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PSB","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47168333906093,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ1-BLK","price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ New","offer_id":47165870047405,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ1-WHT","price":999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/PBIQ1-BLK_1.jpg?v=1786723836"},{"product_id":"psb-iq2-bluos-streaming-powered-speakers-pair","title":"PSB iQ2 BluOS Streaming Powered Speakers - Pair","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eReal Stereo Sound Without a Separate Amplifier\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe PSB iQ2 is a pair of powered stereo speakers with BluOS streaming built in. Each cabinet houses its own amplifier. So there's no separate receiver or amp to add.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA 3\/4-inch aluminum dome tweeter and a 4-inch cone woofer sit in each cabinet. Every tweeter gets its own 45-watt amplifier, and every woofer gets its own 90-watt amplifier, for 270 watts of total system power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe two speakers talk to each other over a low-latency wireless link rather than a cable. Each one runs full amplification on its own side, so neither speaker is doing more work than the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThis listing is the iQ2 pair. PSB offers seven finishes: Black, White, Granite Grey, Sandstone Beige, Ember Red, Boreal Green, and a premium Walnut veneer. That is more choice than powered speakers usually get.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eOne System for Streaming, TV, and Vinyl\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBluOS handles wireless streaming from more than 20 services, plus multi-room playback if you add more BluOS gear around your home. Bluetooth with aptX Adaptive covers quick connections from a phone or laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAn HDMI eARC input lets the iQ2 pair double as your TV's sound system, no soundbar required. An optical input and a built-in MM phono stage round out the connections, so a turntable can plug in directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOn-axis frequency response spans 64Hz to 20kHz. Bass reaches down to 35Hz at the -10dB point, helped along by the bass reflex cabinet. That is real low end from a box this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach speaker measures 5.7 inches wide, 9.7 inches tall, and 7.6 inches deep. Together, the pair weighs 16.2 pounds. Top-panel touch controls cover volume, source selection, and two saved presets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRyan Waniata reviewed the iQ2 for ecoustics.com in August 2026. He described its sound as \"clean, smooth, and effortlessly natural, with accurate stereo imaging and more bass than you'd expect.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eHe did flag a real issue with the HDMI eARC connection, writing that he \"experienced audio cutouts across multiple TVs.\" He recommended PSB fix the issue but still found plenty to like in the speakers themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSimon Lucas reviewed it for TechRadar in July 2026, calling it an \"energetic, engaging listen\" with strong \"detail retrieval.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEven so, his overall take was positive: he called the iQ2 \"a likeable, listenable little system.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This System Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone who wants real stereo sound without a separate amp.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each speaker has its own full amplifier built in, so there's nothing else to buy to get started.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListeners who stream from multiple services.\u003c\/strong\u003e BluOS covers more than 20 services plus Bluetooth, all from one system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone who wants one system to handle TV, streaming, and vinyl.\u003c\/strong\u003e HDMI eARC, optical, and a built-in phono stage all come standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShoppers who want proven, independently reviewed sound quality.\u003c\/strong\u003e Multiple named reviewers praised its clean, detailed sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour cartridge is moving coil\u003c\/strong\u003e — the built-in phono input is set up for moving magnet, so a moving coil wants an outboard \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-preamplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ephono preamplifier\u003c\/a\u003e feeding one of the line inputs instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRun an HDMI cable from your TV's eARC-compatible port to the iQ2 for TV sound without a soundbar. Connect a turntable to the built-in MM phono input, or a disc player or streaming box using the optical input.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eJoin the iQ2 to your home Wi-Fi network through the BluOS app to stream services directly, or pair a phone or laptop over Bluetooth for quick listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003ePlace the two speakers on either side of your TV or listening area. They link wirelessly to each other, so there's no cable to run between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBuilding your system? Here are some great companions for the PSB iQ2:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/turntables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e that connect straight to the iQ2's built-in phono stage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/phono-cartridges\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003ePhono cartridges\u003c\/a\u003e to get the most from that phono input\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/digital-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eDigital cables\u003c\/a\u003e to wire an HDMI eARC or optical source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/audio-racks\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAudio racks\u003c\/a\u003e or stands to place the pair at the right height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDo I need a separate amplifier or receiver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEach speaker has its own built-in amplifier, so the iQ2 pair works as a complete system on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow do the two speakers connect to each other?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOver a wireless link rather than a cable. Each speaker still runs its own full amplifier, so sound quality doesn't depend on one unit feeding the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use this as my TV's sound system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, through its HDMI eARC input. One reviewer did report occasional audio cutouts with certain TVs, so it's worth checking compatibility with your setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes it have a phono input for a turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes, a built-in MM phono stage is included. Reviewers found it functional but not the standout part of the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBlack, White, Granite Grey, Sandstone Beige, Ember Red, Boreal Green, and a premium Walnut veneer are all available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Absolute Sound reviews the iQ2 as a complete streaming system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ikOnEV899IQ\" title=\"PSB iQ2 Streaming Powered Speaker Review\" style=\"border: 0; margin: 0 0 0.9em 0; display: block;\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we’ve helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it’s right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about streaming your music library, setting up a simple two-speaker system, or getting the most from BluOS? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PSB","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47173980586157,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ2-BLK","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Boreal Green \/ New","offer_id":47174436520109,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ2-GRN","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ember Red \/ New","offer_id":47174012862637,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ2-RED","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Granite Gray \/ New","offer_id":47166106566829,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ2-GRY","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sundstone Beige \/ New","offer_id":47171552641197,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ2-BGE","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Walnut \/ New","offer_id":47170261254317,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ2-WAL","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ New","offer_id":47167205376173,"sku":"NEW-PBIQ2-WHT","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/PQIQ2-BLK_6.jpg?v=1786734305"},{"product_id":"rel-acoustics-pl-1-slim-wireless-powered-subwoofer","title":"REL Acoustics PL-1 Slim Wireless Powered Subwoofer","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Need to Know\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Planar PL-1, and what does it do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA subwoofer is a speaker built for the lowest sounds—the deep bass you feel as much as hear. Most subwoofers are big boxes that sit on the floor and take up real space. The REL Planar PL-1 takes a different path. It's only 5.7 inches deep, so it can hang flat on a wall or sit close to one, almost like a framed panel instead of a bulky cube.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PL-1 is the smaller of REL's two new Planar subwoofers (the larger one is the PL-2). It's a powered subwoofer, which means the amplifier is built right inside—you don't need a separate amp to run it. Inside the slim cabinet are two front-firing 6.5-inch active drivers (the cones that move to make sound) paired with a 10-inch passive radiator on the back. A passive radiator has no motor of its own; it's a tuned cone that the active drivers push through the air inside the cabinet, adding deeper, fuller bass than a thin box would normally manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eREL has been a respected name in subwoofers for years, known for bass that's fast and tuneful rather than just loud. The Planar PL-1 brings that REL approach into a shape that fits modern rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does it matter? How does it improve your listening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe big idea is real bass without the big box. The PL-1 is designed to work close to the wall behind it. REL calls this boundary effect coupling—the wall reinforces the low frequencies, so a slim cabinet can fill a room with bass it normally couldn't on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou also get flexible placement. Hang it on the wall with the included bracket, set it near a wall, or add the optional Planar Cart to roll it around and find the best spot. That matters because where a subwoofer sits has a big effect on how the bass sounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's wireless, too. The PL-1 includes REL's AirShip Direct system, which sends the bass signal through the air instead of a long cable across your room. It comes paired from the factory—no app, no setup software. Keep in mind it still needs a power cord, so it isn't completely cable-free, but it removes the signal cable that usually has to snake across the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eREL says the PL-1's dual active drivers and passive radiator reach down to 31 Hz, which is deep, room-filling bass for music and movies alike. It can also be used in multiples (a line array) for bigger rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are reviewers saying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Planar series is brand new—it began shipping in 2026—so full lab reviews are still coming. Here's the verified early coverage:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ec-blockquote\"\u003eWhat Hi-Fi? (May 2026) reported REL's goal was to create subwoofers that avoid \"having to design a room around subwoofer placement,\" and confirmed the PL-1's dual 6.5-inch active drivers, 10-inch passive radiator, and 300W power rating.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ec-blockquote\"\u003eReviewers at eCoustics (May 2026) framed the Planar series as a rethink of where a subwoofer can live, noting the on-wall design and the active\/passive driver layout, while honestly pointing out that real-room performance and pricing were still open questions at launch.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe'll add full professional reviews here as they publish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Planar PL-1 right for you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/2714.svg\" alt=\"✔️\" width=\"15\"\u003e You want deep bass but don't have floor space for a big subwoofer box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/2714.svg\" alt=\"✔️\" width=\"15\"\u003e You like a clean, modern room and want your sub to hang on the wall or sit flat against it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/2714.svg\" alt=\"✔️\" width=\"15\"\u003e You want to skip the long signal cable and connect your subwoofer wirelessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/2714.svg\" alt=\"✔️\" width=\"15\"\u003e You're adding bass to a two-channel music system, a home theater, or a setup built around in-wall or in-ceiling speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/2714.svg\" alt=\"✔️\" width=\"15\"\u003e You rent or rearrange often and want placement options—wall, near-wall, or rolling cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it connect to your system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PL-1 gives you the connection types REL is known for, so it works with almost any system:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Level input (Neutrik Speakon)\u003c\/strong\u003e — This is REL's signature connection. It takes a signal from your amplifier's speaker terminals, so the subwoofer \"hears\" the same sound as your main speakers for a natural blend. The Speakon is the locking plug REL uses for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow-Level input (RCA)\u003c\/strong\u003e — A standard line-level connection for preamps and processors that have a dedicated output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLFE input (RCA)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The connection for the \".1\" low-frequency channel from a home theater receiver or processor, for movie bass and effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAirShip Direct wireless\u003c\/strong\u003e — Included and pre-paired, so you can send the signal wirelessly instead of running a cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep in mind the PL-1 still needs a power outlet nearby, and if you're not wall-mounting it, REL's optional Planar Cart is the recommended way to stand it on the floor. If you'd like help choosing inputs or planning placement, give us a call at \u003ca href=\"tel:+18009420220\"\u003e800-942-0220\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's in the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eREL Planar PL-1 subwoofer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAirShip Direct wireless transmitter (pre-paired)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOn-wall mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cem\u003eGrille (cloth and\/or premium wood options are available; confirm which is included vs. sold separately with REL before publishing)\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eProfessional Reviews\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ec-blockquote\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Hi-Fi?\u003c\/strong\u003e — May 2026\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhat Hi-Fi? introduced the Planar series as a design-oriented subwoofer set built to avoid forcing listeners to \"design a room around subwoofer placement.\" The outlet confirmed the PL-1's core hardware—two 6.5-inch long-throw active drivers, a 10-inch passive radiator, and a 300W power rating—along with its wall, floor, and rolling-cart placement options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ec-blockquote\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eeCoustics\u003c\/strong\u003e — May 2026\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eeCoustics described the Planar PL-1 and PL-2 as rethinking where a subwoofer can live, highlighting the slim 5.7-inch cabinet, on-wall placement, and active\/passive driver design. In the interest of balance, they also noted that pricing and real-room performance remained open questions at the time of the launch coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThe Planar PL-1 is a recent release. We've limited this section to verified launch coverage and will add full professional reviews as they publish.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding your system? Here are some great companions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe REL Planar Cart\u003c\/strong\u003e — If you're not wall-mounting, REL's optional cart is the recommended way to stand the PL-1 on the floor and roll it to the best spot. Browse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/rel-acoustics\/\"\u003eREL Acoustics\u003c\/a\u003e lineup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA replacement or upgrade grille\u003c\/strong\u003e — The PL-1 offers interchangeable cloth and premium wood grilles to match your room. We carry them in finishes for your sub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloorstanding or bookshelf speakers\u003c\/strong\u003e — A subwoofer blends best with the right main speakers. Browse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/speakers\/\"\u003espeakers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker and subwoofer cables\u003c\/strong\u003e — For high-level or LFE connections if you're not going wireless. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/cables\/\"\u003ecables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUltra-Slim Cabinet for Wall or Near-Wall Placement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt just 5.7 inches deep, the PL-1 hangs on the wall with the included bracket or sits close to one. It brings real bass to rooms where a traditional subwoofer box would dominate the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDual Active Drivers Plus a Passive Radiator\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo front-firing 6.5-inch long-throw FibreAlloy active drivers do the work, and a rear-firing 10-inch FibreAlloy passive radiator adds depth. The passive radiator has no motor—it's a tuned cone moved by air pressure inside the cabinet—so you get fuller, deeper bass from a shallow box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBoundary Effect Coupling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PL-1 is designed to work with the wall behind it. The wall reinforces the low frequencies, which is how such a slim cabinet can fill a room with bass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e300-Watt Pure Class D Amplifier\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in 300-watt Class D amplifier powers the drivers efficiently and runs cool. Class D is a modern amplifier design that delivers strong output without a lot of heat or bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAirShip Direct Wireless Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eREL's AirShip Direct wireless system comes in the box and arrives pre-paired from the factory. It sends the bass signal through the air—no long signal cable across the room, no app, no setup software. (A power cord is still needed.)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eREL High-Level, Low-Level, and LFE Inputs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA High-Level Neutrik Speakon input lets the sub take its signal from your amplifier's speaker terminals for a natural blend with your main speakers. Low-Level RCA and LFE RCA inputs cover preamps, processors, and home-theater receivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFlexible, Line-Array Capable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse one PL-1, or use several together in a line array for bigger or more even bass across a larger room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTwo Lacquer Finishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Piano Black Lacquer or Gloss White Lacquer, each with five coats for a deep, furniture-grade shine. Interchangeable cloth and wood grilles let you fine-tune the look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eQuick-Reference Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 0.92em; margin-top: 16px;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f4f8;\"\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 700; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eDrivers \u0026amp; Type\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; width: 45%;\"\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e2 front-firing active drivers + 1 rear-firing passive radiator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eActive Drivers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e(2) 6.5\" (165 mm) long-throw FibreAlloy cone, steel chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f4f8;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePassive Radiator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e10\" (250 mm) FibreAlloy cone, steel chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLow-Frequency Extension (−6 dB)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e31 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f4f8;\"\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 700; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAmplifier \u0026amp; Wireless\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; width: 45%;\"\u003ePower Output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e300 W RMS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAmplifier Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePure Class D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f4f8;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eWireless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eREL AirShip Direct (included, pre-paired)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f4f8;\"\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 700; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eConnections\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; width: 45%;\"\u003eInputs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eHigh-Level Neutrik Speakon, Low-Level RCA, LFE RCA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eLine-Array Capable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f4f8;\"\u003e\u003ctd colspan=\"2\" style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 700; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eDimensions, Finish \u0026amp; Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd; width: 45%;\"\u003eDimensions (W × H × D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e522 × 492 × 144 mm (20.6\" × 19.4\" × 5.7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eAdded Depth for On-Wall Bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e39 mm (1.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background: #f0f4f8;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003ePiano Black Lacquer or Gloss White Lacquer (5 coats)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; font-weight: 600; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding: 8px 12px; border-bottom: 1px solid #ddd;\"\u003e18.9 kg (41.6 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-faq gsbp-ab3b28d\"\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003chr\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhat else do I need to use the PL-1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eYou need a system to connect it to—an amplifier or receiver with speaker terminals, a preamp, or a home theater processor—and a power outlet nearby. The AirShip Direct wireless and the wall bracket come in the box. If you're not wall-mounting, REL's optional Planar Cart is the recommended floor stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eIs it really wireless?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe signal is wireless. The PL-1 includes REL's AirShip Direct system, pre-paired at the factory, so you don't run a long signal cable across the room. It still needs a power cord plugged into an outlet, so it isn't completely cable-free—but it removes the cable most people find hardest to hide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eDo I have to mount it on the wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eNo. You can hang it on the wall with the included bracket, set it close to a wall, or use the optional Planar Cart to stand it on the floor and roll it around. The PL-1 is designed to work near a wall either way, because the wall helps reinforce the bass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eHow is the PL-1 different from the PL-2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eBoth are slim Planar subwoofers that share the same 10-inch passive radiator and shape. The smaller PL-1 uses two 6.5-inch active drivers with a 300W amplifier and reaches down to about 31 Hz. The larger PL-2 uses a single 8-inch driver with more power and digs a bit deeper. Call us and we'll help you pick the right one for your room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhat does the High-Level input do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eIt's REL's signature connection. It takes a signal from your amplifier's speaker terminals, so the subwoofer hears the same sound your main speakers do. Many REL owners feel this gives the most natural blend between the sub and the speakers. The PL-1 also has Low-Level and LFE inputs if you'd rather connect that way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWill it work for both music and movies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eYes. REL designed the PL-1 for both. In a music system it adds weight and scale without drawing attention to itself; in a home theater it supports the low-frequency effects (LFE) channel for movies. It can even be used in multiples for larger rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eWhat grille options are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe PL-1 offers interchangeable cloth and premium wood grilles, so you can match your room or change the look later. Check with us on which grille is included with your sub versus available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ec-titlebox-text\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/1f3b5.svg\" alt=\"music note emoji\" width=\"20\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e40+ Years of Expertise\u003c\/strong\u003e — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/1f504.svg\" alt=\"repeat emoji\" width=\"20\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee\u003c\/strong\u003e — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/1f4de.svg\" alt=\"phone emoji\" width=\"20\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eReal Experts, Real Help\u003c\/strong\u003e — Our team is here to answer your questions at \u003ca href=\"tel:8009420220\"\u003e800-942-0220\u003c\/a\u003e, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/1f69a.svg\" alt=\"truck emoji\" width=\"20\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFree Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cimg class=\"emoji\" role=\"img\" draggable=\"false\" src=\"https:\/\/s.w.org\/images\/core\/emoji\/17.0.2\/svg\/1f4b3.svg\" alt=\"credit card emoji\" width=\"20\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Payment Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWant to learn more about subwoofers and how to get great bass in your room? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"REL Acoustics","offers":[{"title":"Gloss White \/ New","offer_id":47168456917165,"sku":"NEW-RLPL1-GLSWHT","price":2499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gloss Black \/ New","offer_id":47169767964845,"sku":"NEW-RLPL1-PIABLK","price":2499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/RLPL1-PIABLK_5_d58080aa-015b-433a-a3e4-69def1e82d89.jpg?v=1786736303"},{"product_id":"music-hall-mmf-7-3-se-turntable-gloss-black-ortofon-2m-bronze","title":"Music Hall MMF 7.3 SE Turntable - Gloss Black - Ortofon 2M Bronze","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDual-Plinth Isolation with a Fine-Line View into Every Record\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Music Hall MMF-7.3 SE is a fully manual, two-speed belt-drive turntable created for vinyl listeners ready to move into genuinely high-performance analog playback. Its isolated dual-plinth architecture, independently decoupled DC motor, one-piece carbon-fiber tonearm, and factory-mounted Ortofon 2M Bronze work together as a carefully matched system—just connect it to a quality moving-magnet phono stage and start rediscovering your collection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eQuiet Mechanics Let More Music Through\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMF-7.3 SE presents music with clarity, dimensionality, and an engaging sense of momentum. Its layered isolation system helps backgrounds remain composed, allowing vocal textures, instrumental decay, and the acoustic space around performers to emerge without being masked by motor vibration or structural resonance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe included Ortofon 2M Bronze brings a clean, finely resolved character to the package. Its Nude Fine Line stylus reaches deep into the groove to retrieve subtle ambience and high-frequency information, while its 5mV output remains easy to match with standard moving-magnet phono inputs. Bass is articulate and tuneful, images are clearly placed, and well-recorded LPs open into a stable, spacious soundstage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePraised for Resolution and Value\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“The Music Hall MMF-7.3 would be at the top of my money-grubbing list.” — Ken Micallef, Stereophile, August 25, 2016\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“Its spirited personality and resolving nature made old records new again.” — Ken Micallef, Stereophile, August 25, 2016\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStereophile's evaluation covered the gloss-black MMF-7.3 with the same dual-plinth design, carbon-fiber tonearm, DC motor, and Ortofon 2M Bronze configuration featured here.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo Platforms, One Clear Purpose\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMusic Hall's dual-plinth construction separates the most vibration-sensitive components from the turntable's support and connection points. The upper platform carries the platter, main bearing, tonearm, and cartridge; the lower platform supports the adjustable feet and rear connections. Four Sorbothane hemispheres between the layers provide suspension and damping.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis mechanical separation helps keep energy from the equipment rack, loudspeakers, and surrounding room from reaching the stylus. Three adjustable tip-toe feet and protective cups provide stable support, while the built-in circular spirit level makes accurate leveling easier.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Motor Stands Apart\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 15-volt DC motor sits in its own resonance-damping puck within a cutout at the front-left corner of the turntable. It is not mechanically attached to the plinth, helping prevent motor vibration from traveling through the chassis to the platter or tonearm. Its position diagonally opposite the arm also lengthens the vibration path away from the stylus.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic speed control provides pushbutton selection of 33⅓ or 45 RPM without moving the belt between pulley steps. Speed deviation is rated at ±0.06%, wow and flutter at ±0.10%, and rumble at better than –73dB, supporting stable pitch and a low mechanical-noise floor.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCarbon Fiber Control from Groove to Generator\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe one-piece, nine-inch carbon-fiber tonearm combines low mass with high rigidity, helping the Ortofon stylus follow groove movement rather than storing unwanted energy. Its 8.5-gram effective mass partners well with the 2M Bronze and leaves room for future cartridge experimentation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVertical tracking angle and azimuth are adjustable, and the damped cueing mechanism lowers the stylus smoothly onto the record. The decoupled counterweight places its center of gravity level with the stylus tip, allowing it to function as a resonance damper as well as a balancing mass. The included 2M Bronze is factory-mounted and aligned, though tracking force and anti-skate should be checked during final setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAcrylic Stability with Fine-Line Precision\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe non-resonant acrylic platter provides a stable rotational platform without the metallic ringing associated with some platter materials. A soft felt mat supports the record, while the metal screw-on clamp improves coupling and can help flatten mildly warped LPs during playback.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBeneath the platter, a precision stainless-steel main bearing sheathed in Teflon is designed for smooth, low-noise rotation. At the groove, the 2M Bronze's Nude Fine Line diamond and aluminum cantilever retrieve small modulations with precision. Ortofon recommends a 1.5-gram tracking force and a 47-kilohm moving-magnet load with 150–300pF capacitance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReady for a Serious Analog System\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGold-plated RCA output connectors and the supplied detachable phono cable make system integration straightforward. Connect the turntable to a moving-magnet phono input, or use an outboard MM phono preamplifier feeding any standard line-level input. Attach the separate ground lead to the phono stage or amplifier's grounding post to minimize hum.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMF-7.3 SE does not contain a phono preamplifier, USB output, Bluetooth transmitter, or automatic start\/stop mechanism. That focused design keeps the signal path simple and gives the owner freedom to select the phono electronics that best suit the rest of the system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt for Long Listening and Future Upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic speed selection makes moving between LPs and 45-RPM releases convenient, while the dustcover protects the gloss-black finish and playing surface between sessions. The supplied 45-RPM adapter handles large-hole singles, and the removable phono cable makes later cable replacement easy.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe adjustable arm can support a wide range of cartridges weighing approximately 2–16 grams. The replaceable 2M Bronze stylus simplifies routine maintenance, and the shared Bronze\/Black generator platform allows a future 2M Black or 2M Black LVB 250 stylus upgrade without replacing the cartridge body.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor best performance, place the turntable on a rigid, level, low-vibration surface away from speakers. The high-gloss piano-black finish gives the deck a formal, understated appearance, though a soft microfiber cloth is recommended to control visible dust and fingerprints.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA Complete High-Performance Vinyl Source\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Music Hall MMF-7.3 SE combines purposeful isolation, precise speed control, an adaptable carbon-fiber arm, and the revealing Ortofon 2M Bronze in a turntable built to serve an ambitious analog system for years.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDual-plinth construction isolates the platter, bearing, tonearm, and cartridge from support-borne vibration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour Sorbothane hemispheres provide suspension and damping between the two platforms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompletely decoupled 15V DC motor rests on its own resonance-damping puck\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic pushbutton selection of 33⅓ and 45 RPM eliminates manual belt repositioning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne-piece nine-inch carbon-fiber tonearm combines low mass with high rigidity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable vertical tracking angle and azimuth support precise cartridge setup and future upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDecoupled counterweight acts as a resonance damper and aligns its center of gravity with the stylus tip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory-mounted and aligned Ortofon 2M Bronze moving-magnet cartridge\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNude Fine Line diamond retrieves detailed high-frequency and spatial information\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNon-resonant acrylic platter provides a stable, low-ringing record platform\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMetal screw-on record clamp improves disc coupling and helps control mild warps\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrecision stainless-steel main bearing is sheathed in Teflon for smooth, quiet rotation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGold-plated RCA outputs and detachable phono cable simplify connection and future cable upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThree adjustable tip-toe feet, protective cups, and a built-in spirit level aid stable installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDustcover, felt mat, 45-RPM adapter, record clamp, and phono cable included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-gloss piano-black lacquer finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct type:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Fully manual, two-speed belt-drive turntable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDrive system:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Low-noise belt drive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlinth:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Dual-platform construction with four Sorbothane isolation hemispheres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotor:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 15V DC synchronous motor, fully isolated on a resonance-damping puck\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeeds:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 33⅓ and 45 RPM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeed change:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Electronic pushbutton selection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeed deviation:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ±0.06%\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWow and flutter:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e ±0.10%\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRumble:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Better than –73dB\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlatter:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Non-resonant acrylic, approximately 11.93 in. \/ 303 mm diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlatter weight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Approximately 22.6 oz. \/ 641 g\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMain bearing:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Precision stainless steel sheathed in Teflon\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTonearm:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e One-piece carbon fiber with damped cueing mechanism\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEffective tonearm length:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 9 in. \/ 230 mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTonearm weight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 250 g without counterweight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEffective tonearm mass:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8.5 g\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOverhang:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 18 mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTonearm adjustments:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Tracking force, anti-skate, VTA, and azimuth\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible cartridge weight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Approximately 2–16 g\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded cartridge:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Ortofon 2M Bronze moving magnet\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCartridge stylus:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Nude Fine Line diamond, r\/R 8\/40µm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCartridge cantilever:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Aluminum\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCartridge output:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 5mV at 1 kHz, 5 cm\/sec.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCartridge frequency response:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 20 Hz–20 kHz, +2\/–0 dB\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecommended tracking force:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 1.5 g \/ 15mN\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRecommended phono load:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 47 kilohms; 150–300pF\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAudio outputs:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Gold-plated left\/right RCA phono outputs with ground connection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt-in phono preamplifier:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e No\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDigital \/ USB \/ Bluetooth outputs:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e None\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e External 15V DC universal power supply\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAC input compatibility:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 100–240V AC, 50\/60Hz\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandby power consumption:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Less than 1W\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions with dustcover closed (W × H × D):\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 18.25 × 5.5 × 13.25 in. \/ approximately 464 × 140 × 337 mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNet weight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Approximately 21 lb. \/ 9.5 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShipping weight:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Approximately 24 lb. \/ 10.9 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFinish:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e High-gloss piano black\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded accessories:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Dustcover, 45-RPM adapter, metal screw-on record clamp, felt mat, detachable RCA phono cable with ground lead, adjustable feet, and protective cups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e One year\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Music Hall","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47230608769197,"sku":"NEW-MHMMF73SE-GLSBLK-O2MBR","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MHMMF73SE-GLSBLK-O2MBR_1.jpg?v=1787242336"},{"product_id":"musical-fidelity-m8s-pre-fully-balanced-preamplifier","title":"Musical Fidelity M8s PRE Fully Balanced Preamplifier","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThe Preamplifier You Stop Upgrading Past\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eMusical Fidelity built the M8s PRE as the top of its preamplifier line, and the weight tells you before the spec sheet does. Seventeen kilos, 440 by 162 by 400mm, in black or silver. This is a component you build a system around, not one you pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe input roster runs to eight. Two balanced XLR pairs and five RCA line pairs cover a whole rack. One of each is set aside for home theater bypass, so a surround processor can borrow your main speakers. An MM\/MC phono input takes a turntable. There is no outboard stage to buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOutputs match: a balanced XLR pre-out, an RCA pre-out, and a fixed RCA output for a recorder. Trigger in and out let the M8s PRE wake your power amplifiers with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhere the Weight Actually Goes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo fully shielded 350VA toroidal transformers sit inside, one per channel. Those are bigger supplies than some power amplifiers carry. Musical Fidelity publishes signal-to-noise better than 118dB A-weighted. Distortion stays under 0.005% single-ended, and under 0.004% through the balanced outputs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eVolume runs through a quad laser-trimmed attenuator in 0.5dB steps. The two channels stay matched at low levels, where cheaper controls drift apart. Frequency response spans 5Hz to 100kHz within a decibel. The signal path is pure Class A. It stays balanced from the input sockets to the output sockets, not just at the jacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe phono stage is built in rather than bolted on. Gain switches between moving-magnet and moving-coil cartridges. That saves the cost and the shelf space of a separate box. It also keeps one less interconnect in the chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat Reviewers Are Saying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAshley Cox reviewed the M8sPRE for \u003cem\u003eAudio Appraisal\u003c\/em\u003e on December 5, 2019. His verdict was direct: \"The M8sPRE is everything I wanted in a preamplifier,\" praising performance he called \"audibly and measurably linear.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOn build he found it \"beautifully made,\" with \"substantial connectors at the back\" and \"a unit of some considerable weight and bulk.\" The phono stage he called \"impressively quiet\" even with high-output cartridges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eOne thing he wanted and did not get: \"Perhaps the only nod too convenience I would like to have seen is a headphone amp\" — his point being that an outboard one puts another volume control in the signal path.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Preamplifier Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a rack full of sources\u003c\/strong\u003e — seven line inputs, two of them balanced, plus a phono input. Every component you own stays connected, instead of taking turns on one socket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou play records\u003c\/strong\u003e — the MM\/MC phono stage is built in, with switchable gain. Whichever cartridge you fit is matched, and there is no outboard box to buy or find room for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour power amps sit away from the rack\u003c\/strong\u003e — the Class A path is balanced end to end. It carries the signal a long way without collecting the hum a single-ended run would.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou listen quietly at night\u003c\/strong\u003e — the attenuator moves in 0.5dB steps and stays channel-matched. The image does not slide to one side as you turn it down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou listen on headphones\u003c\/strong\u003e — the M8s PRE is built to feed power amplifiers. There is no headphone jack on it. Run the fixed RCA output into one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/headphone-amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eheadphone amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e and the same sources drive your cans at full quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRun the balanced XLR pre-outputs to your power amplifier. Use the RCA pre-out instead if your amplifier is single-ended. Sources fill the five RCA line inputs and the two XLR pairs. A turntable goes straight into the phono input, ground wire and all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWire the trigger output to your power amps. The whole stack then comes up together. Set one XLR or RCA input to home theater bypass, and a processor shares your front speakers at its own level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBuilding around the M8s PRE? Here are some great companions:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Amplifier:\u003c\/strong\u003e Give those balanced outputs something worthy — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/amplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eAmplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurntable:\u003c\/strong\u003e The phono stage is already fitted — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/turntables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterconnects:\u003c\/strong\u003e Balanced XLR cables suit a long run — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/interconnect-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eInterconnect Cables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeakers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish a full-size system — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floorstanding-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow many inputs does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSeven line inputs — two balanced XLR pairs and five RCA pairs — plus a dedicated MM\/MC phono input, and a trigger input.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eDoes it have a built-in phono stage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. It takes moving-magnet and moving-coil cartridges, with gain switchable between the two, so a turntable connects directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I use it with a home theater system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. One balanced input and one line input offer home theater bypass. That passes a processor's front channels through at fixed level, so your two-channel amps drive the main speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat outputs does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA balanced XLR pre-output, an RCA pre-output, a fixed-level RCA output for recording, and a trigger output to switch your power amplifiers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003e440 by 162 by 400mm, and 17kg unpacked. Check your shelf depth and rating before it arrives. Leave room behind it for XLR plugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eBlack or silver, matching the rest of Musical Fidelity's M8 series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eSee It in Action\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.5em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA British Audiophile runs the M8s PRE with the matching M8s 500s power amplifiers:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ciframe width=\"100%\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/sQEV_kAUIv4\" title=\"1000 WATTS - YIKES! Musical Fidelity M8s Pre \u0026amp; M8s 500s\" style=\"border:0;margin:0 0 0.9em 0;display:block;\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about preamplifiers, balanced connections, or building a separates system? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Musical Fidelity","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ New","offer_id":47166986354861,"sku":"NEW-MFM8SPRE-BLK","price":5299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ New","offer_id":47173654937773,"sku":"NEW-MFM8SPRE-SIL","price":5299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/MFM8SPRE-BLK_1.jpg?v=1787242201"},{"product_id":"eversolo-amp-f8-stereo-power-amplifier","title":"EverSolo AMP-F8 Stereo Power Amplifier","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width:720px;margin:0 auto;padding:32px 24px 48px 24px;background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:0 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eTwo Meters, 180 Watts a Side, and No Menus\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe AMP-F8 does one job. It takes a signal from your preamp or streamer and turns it into 180 watts per channel into 8 ohms, or 280 watts into 4 ohms. Flip the rear bridge switch and it becomes a single mono channel rated at 500 watts into 8 ohms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eTwo analog VU meters run across the front, calibrated in watts, with needles that track the music in real time. A switch on the back turns their backlight off. EverSolo left the front panel otherwise bare, which is the point of a power amplifier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eMeasure Your Shelf Before You Order\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eAt 10.4 inches wide, 15.3 deep and 4.7 tall, the AMP-F8 is narrow and deep rather than full width. It weighs 35 pounds. Each channel takes one balanced XLR or one unbalanced RCA input, and a rear switch sets gain to 23 dB or 29 dB.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat 800 Watts of Power Supply Buys You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA custom 800-watt toroidal linear transformer feeds the amplifier, with separate supply rails for the left and right channels. Behind it sits a bank of 24 audio-grade filter capacitors, there to smooth ripple and hold current in reserve for the loud parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA DC blocking circuit sits ahead of the transformer. DC riding on your household AC is what makes a toroid buzz mechanically, and older wiring and cheap dimmers are the usual causes. This circuit is aimed at that problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eThree Matched MOSFET Pairs Per Side\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe Class AB output stage uses three pairs of precision-matched high-current MOSFETs per channel, on separate left and right boards. Matching matters because devices that switch at slightly different points hand the waveform between them untidily, and that handoff is what a distortion analyzer reads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy the Background Goes Quiet\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEverSolo publishes total harmonic distortion of 0.003% at 1 kHz and a signal-to-noise ratio of 115 dB or better, A-weighted. Crosstalk is rated at −95 dB or lower. Frequency response runs 10 Hz to 30 kHz, within half a decibel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eDamping factor is quoted above 400 into 8 ohms, a measure of how tightly the amplifier holds a woofer between notes. Both inputs present 10 kilohms. The chassis is CNC-machined from a single aluminum billet, cooled by convection through side heatsinks with no fan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWho Is This Power Amplifier Best For?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYour speakers are more than your current amplifier can handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — 180 watts into 8 ohms and 280 into 4 gives you headroom on low-sensitivity floorstanders, so orchestral swells and film soundtracks do not run out of room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou already own an EverSolo streamer or DAC\u003c\/strong\u003e — balanced XLR, unbalanced RCA and a 12-volt trigger mean the AMP-F8 wakes with your source and needs no adapters in the signal path.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou want to upgrade in stages\u003c\/strong\u003e — buy one now for stereo, add a second later and bridge both into 500-watt monoblocks, so your first purchase stays in the system instead of going up for sale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou like watching the music as well as hearing it\u003c\/strong\u003e — the VU meters read in watts and the backlight switches off from the rear panel, so the amplifier can be the centerpiece or disappear into a dark room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou have a preamp, or a source with a volume control\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is pure amplification, with no volume knob, no DAC and no streaming built in. Feed it from one of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/preamplifiers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003epreamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e and the whole system comes together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow Does It Connect to Your System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eRun a balanced XLR or unbalanced RCA cable from your preamp or variable-output streamer to the matching input on the back. Set the gain switch to 23 dB if your speakers are sensitive and your volume control bunches up at the bottom of its travel, or 29 dB if you need more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eSpeaker cables land on gold-plated binding posts. Add the supplied trigger cable if your source has a 12-volt output, or let signal sensing bring the amplifier up on its own. Then plug in the power cord and leave it alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003ePairs Well With\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe pieces that finish a system built around the AMP-F8:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/music-streamers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eMusic streamers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — a streaming DAC with a volume control drives this amplifier directly, no separate preamp required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/interconnect-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eInterconnect cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — no XLR or RCA cable ships in the box, so plan on a pair in the length your rack needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/speaker-cables\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eSpeaker cables\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — spades or bananas both land cleanly on the gold-plated posts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/floorstanding-speakers\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eFloorstanding speakers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e — the big, power-hungry designs this amplifier was built to drive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhat comes in the box with the EverSolo AMP-F8?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThe amplifier ships with a power cable, a trigger cable and the user manual. Signal cables and speaker cables are sold separately, so order those with it if you are starting from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eShould I use the XLR or the RCA input?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eEither works, and both present 10 kilohms. Use XLR when your source has balanced outputs, especially on long cable runs. RCA is the right choice for the many preamps and streamers that offer single-ended outputs only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I run two of them as monoblocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eYes. The rear bridge switch turns each amplifier into a single 500-watt channel into 8 ohms, one per speaker. Bridged operation is rated for 8-ohm loads, so check your speaker's impedance curve before you commit to a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow does the AMP-F8 turn on and off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eThree ways. Use the 12-volt trigger input if your source has a trigger output, let signal sensing wake it when music arrives, or work the standby switch on the rear panel yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eCan I turn the VU meter lights off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eA switch on the rear panel kills the meter backlight. The needles still move, they just stop glowing, which is what most people want in a darkened listening room at night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 style=\"font-size:1.05em;margin:0.9em 0 0.25em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eHow much ventilation does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eCooling is passive, through heatsinks along both sides and vents in the top panel. Leave clearance above and beside the chassis on your rack shelf, and keep the side fins away from cabinet walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eWhy Audio Advisor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cul style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;padding-left:1.4em;line-height:1.6;\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40+ Years of Expertise — Since 1981, we've helped over a million music lovers find the right gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-Day Money-Back Guarantee — Take your time. Listen, enjoy, and make sure it's right for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal Experts, Real Help — Our team is here to answer your questions at 800-942-0220, weekdays 9am–6pm EST.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree Shipping — On orders over $49, delivered to your door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible Payment Options — Financing available so you can start listening now.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2 style=\"font-size:1.25em;margin:1.4em 0 0.35em 0;font-weight:600;\"\u003eLearn More\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp style=\"margin:0 0 0.9em 0;line-height:1.55;\"\u003eWant to learn more about power amplifiers, bridged mono operation, or matching an amplifier to your speakers? Visit our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/learningcenter.audioadvisor.com\/\" style=\"color:#8a5a2b;\"\u003eLearning Center\u003c\/a\u003e for guides, tips, and expert advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"EverSolo","offers":[{"title":"New","offer_id":47352116510893,"sku":"NEW-EVAMPF8","price":1800.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0750\/3708\/1773\/files\/EVAMPF8_3.jpg?v=1788179184"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.audioadvisor.com\/collections\/new-gear.oembed?page=2","provider":"Audio Advisor","version":"1.0","type":"link"}